• Home
  • Recipes
    • Breakfast
    • Lunch
    • Dinner
    • Dessert
    • Side Dish
    • Snacks
    • By Diet
      • Gluten Free
      • Keto
      • Low Carb
      • Paleo
      • Vegan
      • Vegetarian
      • Whole30
  • Meal Prep Tips
  • Macro Calculator
  • Macro Meal Planner
  • Sign In
    • My Account
menu icon
go to homepage
  • Home
  • Recipes
    • Breakfast
    • Lunch
    • Dinner
    • Dessert
    • Side Dish
    • Snacks
    • By Diet
      • Gluten Free
      • Keto
      • Low Carb
      • Paleo
      • Vegan
      • Vegetarian
      • Whole30
  • Meal Prep Tips
  • Macro Calculator
  • Macro Meal Planner
  • Sign In
    • My Account
search icon
Homepage link
  • Home
  • Recipes
    • Breakfast
    • Lunch
    • Dinner
    • Dessert
    • Side Dish
    • Snacks
    • By Diet
      • Gluten Free
      • Keto
      • Low Carb
      • Paleo
      • Vegan
      • Vegetarian
      • Whole30
  • Meal Prep Tips
  • Macro Calculator
  • Macro Meal Planner
  • Sign In
    • My Account
×

Complete Guide: How To Meal Prep

December 26, 2023 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

How to Meal Prep Guide 777x431

Whether you're just getting started or want to make sure you're on the right path, this complete guide will be your Meal Prep Master Class.

Let's get started

If there is something specific you're really looking to accomplish, the navigation bar can help you get there quickly.

Jump to a Section:

  • Let's get started
  • How to Manage Your Time for Meal Prepping
  • Here is what that would look like:
  • Kitchen Tools and Essentials
  • Macronutrients and Micronutrients 101
  • What are Macronutrients?
  • What are Micronutrients?
  • How to Find Meal Prep Recipes
  • How to Grocery Shop for Meal Prep
  • Step-by-Step guide to Meal Prepping
  • A Few Bonus Sections you might be interested in:

You've probably seen this graphic. We can attest to how true this ACTUALLY is, and that's why we're here to help.

abs are made in the kitchen

Studies show that, when weight loss is the focus, regular exercise is only 20% of what actually produces results... the other 80% is nutrition.

We might move slower than you'd like, so we're asking you to only focus on one or two things at a time (rather than tackling 100 things and trying to change everything at once). Trust us...there is a method to our madness.

How to Manage Your Time for Meal Prepping

The GOAL for this section: To understand where your time goes, how to optimize the time you're spending on everyday tasks, and to put a plan in place to include meal prepping in your weekly routine.

Getting Started:

  1. Start with Energy Management
    So much of "time management" is made up in your own imagination; in your own head. Are you managing your physical body well? Are you eating well? Sleeping well? How about a little bit of exercise?

Action Step: Before you go to bed tonight, get your clothes ready for tomorrow. Everything you can get done tonight, will make your morning that much easier.

  1. Know Your Priorities
    "Lack of direction, not lack of time, is the problem. We all have twenty-four hour days." ― Zig Ziglar

Make sure to identify the main tasks that NEED to be accomplished

  1. Set a Benchmark
    Follow yourself around for a good week and find out what activities you're spending time on. Things that are typically on this list include: going to the movies, getting coffee with friends, Netflix / YouTube, gym / exercise (this is a good thing), studying, reading, etc. Start Tracking Your Meals ASAP...
  2. Write a To-Do list
    Now that you have an idea of what your needs are and where you spend most of your time, have a brief, but thorough meeting with yourself to plan your day. Ben Franklin used to start his morning plan by asking himself, "What good shall I do this day?"
  1. Set Time Limits
    There is ALWAYS more you could do at the end of the day, so make sure you have reasonable time limits set and have some things that can be accomplished within those parameters.

Pro Tip: Make sure that you plan time for interruptions and distractions

  1. Turn off Notifications
    During your main work blocks, where you're most productive, let others know you need uninterrupted time when you absolutely HAVE to get things done.
  2. Evaluate Your Day
    Acknowledge the things you did well and celebrate your success. There is always time to adjust those things that didn't work and need to be improved upon. Time management should be a process of continual improvement and you will know it's working when you find yourself adding extra curricular activities to your To-Do list.
  3. Meal Prep
    Duh! What, did you think we wouldn't include meal prepping in here?! C'mon -- Believe it or not, meal prepping is a major time management hack. Using these steps, you should be able to plan and prep your meals for an entire week, in just a couple hours. If you want to save time on the planning process, Workweek Lunch has a meal planner tool where they do the planning for you! Learn more here

Here is what that would look like:

Know your Calorie Goal- Why are you eating what you're eating? (You only have to do this one time)

  • Find recipes HERE based on your calorie goal and plan your shopping list (P.S. Use the search bar if you're looking for something specific)
  • Once you have your recipes, add up the cook times and set your meal prep time limit for your prep day (see time management notes for meal prep below)
    Then all you have to do is get cooking
12 Essential Pantry Swaps For Healthier Meal Prepping

Kitchen Tools and Essentials

It might be a small step at first: You decide you want to figure out your macros and then work on creating just one or two beginner meal preps a week. Maybe it's a one-pan recipe that calls for a large sheet pan, so a sheet pan becomes #1 on your to-buy list.

Or maybe you decide you want to start with a muffin or egg cup recipe that calls for a muffin pan, which then becomes #1 on your to-buy list. It's up to you. Or, you could be so excited to start a full week's worth of lunches that you also want to dive in and make one-skillet and one-dish recipes during your Sunday prep!

But, when it comes time to create all of these yummy recipes that you have found and saved on Pinterest, you realize you don't have any of the tools you need to make them! Maybe it's time to stop spending all that extra money on take-out and instead invest in new cooking tools that will not only save you money in the long run, but also help you attain your health goals - with meal prep as your guide. Because we all know that achieving 80-90% of your health and fitness goals starts with proper nutrition!

We have picked some of our favorite and most necessary kitchen tools that will help you meal prep like a pro! Oh, and leave you eating like you are a culinary chef!

Here is a FULL LIST of our favorite Kitchen Tools.

NOTE: We break these down further by category in the next lessons:

  • Non-Stick Skillet
  • Cast Iron Skillet
  • Saute Pans and
  • Sauce Pans With Lid
  • Baking Dishes
  • Sheet Pans
  • Roasting Pan
  • Cooling Rack
  • Meal Prep Containers
  • High-Quality Knives
  • Measuring Cups & Spoons
  • Food Scale
  • Kitchen Utensils
  • Cutting Boards
  • Mixing Bowls
  • Colander
  • Spiralizer
  • Food Processor
  • Crockpot
  • High-Speed Blender
  • Air-Fryer


Download our Kitchen Tools Checklist to take inventory of your kitchen tools and plan ahead for future additions.

Ultimate List Of Meal Prep Kitchen Tools

Macronutrients and Micronutrients 101

[Watch this lesson here]

It is easy to get lost in the world of nutrition when you're first starting to be mindful of your food choices and track your diet. So we wanted to give a brief breakdown of macro vs micronutrients.
--

What are Macronutrients?

Macronutrients are nutrients that our bodies need in large amounts to create energy for physical and mental activity. There are 3 primary macros, - Protein, carbohydrates, and fat - and a lesser known macro is water.

What does it mean to count macros: To gain, lose, or maintain weight, many people will count their macros to make sure they are getting adequate nutrients for their bodies' needs and to support their health and wellness goals.

+ Macronutrients are counted in grams.

For example, ¼ cup of almond has approx. 6g of protein, 6g of carbs, & 14g of fat, and you would add this up to ensure you hit, but do not exceed, your targets for each.

It requires a bit of discipline at first to look at nutrition labels to figure out how different foods fit into your individual macro needs, but it's worth it if you want to reach a specific macro target goal.

Your optimal macro ratio depends on your goal, sex, age, weight, lifestyle, activity, and your body type. (Remember to use the MPOF Macro Calculator to figure out your individual needs!)

HOW TO CALCULATE CALORIES IF YOU KNOW THE MACROS

What are Micronutrients?

Micronutrients are vitamins, minerals, phytochemicals, trace elements, and antioxidants, and they are needed in much smaller amounts than macronutrients - thus "micro" for small, and "macro" for big.

They are essential in the production of enzymes, hormones, & proteins that are critical to body and brain function, including metabolism, heartbeat, bone density, etc.

Some micronutrients have a small role, whereas others fulfill a broad range of functions. You should aim to get at least get the RDA (Recommended Daily Allowance) of each essential nutrient every day, and you can find guidelines online.

It is recommended that you get your daily doses from nutrient-dense foods, but you can also use supplementation as a kind of "insurance policy" to avoid nutrient deficiencies if you have a restricted diet, food allergies, or a medical condition that necessitates more of a certain nutrient.

Further Reading: How to Read Nutrition Labels

How to Find Meal Prep Recipes

Let's take a second to recap:

  • So far, you've learned about time optimization and management, you've created a to-do list and scheduled time in your week to search for recipes as well as time to get your meal prep done.
  • You have learned about the essential kitchen tools needed to ensure that you can prep and cook your ingredients for the week.
  • You have also learned more about macronutrients (macros) and micronutrients and have calculated out your macros, so you have a baseline for what you need to look for in a recipe. As a reminder, macros are the foundation for achieving your physique goals. Whether your goal is weight loss, maintaining weight, or gaining weight, macros are the roadmap that will get you to your end goal.

Now that you have a time scheduled in your week to find recipes and meal prep, and you know what macros you're looking for in recipes (if you didn't calculate your macros yet, click here: Macro Calculator, let's review some of the best ways to find recipes online.

Here are the tools we use each week to plan our meals:

  1. Meal Prep on Fleek

You can easily do the same thing on MealPrepOnFleek.com, as you can on Pinterest, the selection is just much more limited (to things we actually eat) instead of having millions of results to filter through you have only a couple hundred.

Some key things to look for on MealPrepOnFleek.com are our Quick Search tabs and categories. You can easily click and filter through categories like; Paleo, Whole30, Vegetarian, Chicken, Calorie ranges, and more… Watch this video to see how this works

2. Your Meal Prep Manual

Click HERE if you didn't already download it to your computer or mobile device.

  1. MPOF Macro Planner App (beta)

We're building a tool that will help you plan a whole month of meals, WITH MACROS, using recipes from Meal Prep on Fleek. Because you're AMAZING and you're part of this course,

Click HERE to check out our Macro Planner App

4. Pinterest

- Start your search with the broadest category of ingredient or goal and narrow your search results from there. For example, if you're macros indicate that you need to lower your carb intake, search for "Low Carb Dinners" + Combine that with the main ingredient in your fridge or freezer and you're already 50% of the way there. "Low Carb Chicken Dinner"

- Once you have narrowed it down to your goal and main ingredient, then you can search through the recipes to see what looks good.

- When you see a couple recipes that look good, click through to find out what the nutrition values are. You want to make sure that each meal aligns with your macro goals. Or in other words, all of the food you eat for the day should make up your macro goals.

Here are some great boards to check out first:

  • Breakfast Meal Prep Recipes
  • Lunch Meal Prep Recipes
  • Dinner Meal Prep Recipes
  • Dessert Meal Prep Recipes
  • Snack Meal Prep Recipes

5. And even TikTok

TikTok has become a great resource for meal prep inspiration and easy recipes. Here are some of The Best TikTok Accounts for Meal Prep:

  • Meal Prep on Fleek
  • Meal Prep Mondays
  • The Meal Prep King
  • Zack.Chug
  • Stayfitmom_Krista
  • ElizabethSalazarr

How to Grocery Shop for Meal Prep

PSA: Don't go shopping when you're starving!
First things first, to set yourself up for success in the grocery store, try to visualize the layout of your local store. Every store is different, but generally speaking, you will want to do the bulk of your shopping around the perimeter of the store.

Your fresh produce (fruits and veggies) will usually be on one side of the store. Keep walking around the perimeter and you'll come to either seafood, meat, or dairy. Keep walking and you'll likely stumble across things like lunch meats (and other packaged meats) cheeses, juices, or a frozen section. Stores that carry alcohol often keep these items on the perimeter as well. The important thing to keep in mind is that these things are around the perimeter of the store.

PRO TIP: Keep in mind that 60% to 70% of purchases in grocery stores are UNPLANNED! So, do NOT deviate from your shopping list and definitely do NOT go shopping when you're starving.

For some of the items on your list, you're very likely going to have to walk through some of the middle aisles. Especially if you're re-stocking your pantry. Reference the lesson on Kitchen Tools and Prep for our favorite Pantry Swaps.

Again, every store is different, but the middle aisles are often organized by type of food or product: frozen foods, canned vegetables, cereals, baking items, food storage (Ziploc bags and Meal Prep containers), medicine… etc.

If you are venturing down the aisles, here are the ones you'll likely need to stock up your pantry:

Baking goods - nuts are often kept in these aisles
Frozen vegetables - a major time saver if you're fine with eating these over fresh veggies
A bulk section - if your grocery store has it, nuts are often kept here and, because you can buy items in this section in the quantity you desire, they can be cheaper than buying a brand-name bag of almonds from the baking aisle.
Jarred items (like jams and jellies) - this is where the almond butter is kept
Spice aisle - spices and sauces for cooking are often in this aisle, as are cooking oils and vinegar.

++ Flavor is one major key to successful meal prepping ++

If you're looking for items like coconut milk or soy sauce, check to see if your grocery store has an "ethnic foods" or "Asian foods" section. These items are often located here.

Here is a sample map so you could get an idea of the aisle categories:

Step-by-Step guide to Meal Prepping

Meal Prep Day:

You're almost done!
Let's get prepping! Today is the day… you've made it through all the information to get you started and know it's time to put your knowledge to practice.

We have put this step-by-step guide together as an easy intro to meal prepping so that you have a solid foundation to build from. This is an easy meal prep and an easy meal prep process you should be able to get done in under 60 minutes.

That's right… 8 meals in under 60 minutes.

via GIPHY

Before we get to the Step-by-Step, here are some things that you should be thinking about as you're planning, grocery shopping, and get ready to dive into your meal prep time:

  1. What meal(s) are the most time-consuming to prep?
  2. What days or nights do I most need meals ready ahead of time?
  3. What items would be the most helpful to have ready and on hand?
  4. What foods will stay fresh until they're eaten?
  5. What could I prep ahead of time, so I don't have to do _ repeatedly during the week?

By thinking about these things ahead of time, you can cut down on time, costs, waste and dishes! You can often cut back on the dishes you use by preparing items (like root veggies, bell peppers, and grains) in advance, as well as save time and energy on tasks like standing at the stove, preheating the oven, or washing produce one item at a time.

Pro Tip - They may cost a little more (not always) but pre-cooked veggies and grains can be a real life saver.

For this step-by-step meal, we're going to focus on lunch, but this concept could easily be applied to breakfast and dinner.

Here we go! Let's get going on our 8 meals (Breakfast AND Lunch) in 60 minutes meal prep run-down:

For this lesson, were going to be prepping these recipes: Sheet Pan Nutty Keto Pancakes and Sweet and Sour Cauliflower Bites. Gotta squeeze that protein in where you can, you know?

5 Things you need to know before you get started:

  1. Veggies usually take the longest to cook : Chop your veggies into smaller pieces to help them cook faster
  2. Pre-Heating the oven takes time… DO THIS FIRST!
  3. Boiling water is another time suck! Get this started ASAP if you're cooking grains or hard boiling eggs
  4. FYI…You have to wash all the dishes you use. DUH, right?! But somehow we end up using more dishes than we realize and end up with a sink full of dishes to wash. Only use the necessary dishes and wash while you prep.
  5. Proteins cook quick… save those for last


PRO TIP:

While there are several ways to meal prep, we found that knowing the recipes in advance and taking care of most of the prep steps in advance helps alleviate some of the stress, especially when it's been a crazy week.

You will notice that both of these will be cooked in the oven… that means you're only pre-heating the oven once in order to knock out two meals.

via GIPHY

Because the pancakes come together in about 5 minutes, you'll start with these… Here is how the process should look:

0-5 Minutes

  • Pull out trash can, mixing bowl, sheet pan, cutting board, knives, hand towel, and any appliances you anticipate needing (food processor, stand mixer, etc.).
  • NOTE: You're going to use the same sheet pan twice
  • Preheat oven to 400F. Line sheet pan with parchment paper liners or tin foil.

5-15 Minutes:

  • Make the pancake batter and prepare the fruit for your pancake toppings. Let sit for 10 min before spreading the batter into the pan.
  • If you're done with that and the oven is not yet preheated, start prepping the veggies for the Pizza Chicken.
  • When oven is preheated, put the pan into the oven and Set timer for 6 minutes.

16-25 Minutes:

  • If you haven't already….Wash all vegetables. Allow vegetables to air dry while chopping others.
  • When the timer goes off for the pancakes, turn your oven to the broil setting and leave in oven for 5-6 minutes or until edges are golden
  • Once the pancakes are golden brown, remove them from the oven and allow them to cool.

26-30 Minutes:

  • Next: If you are buying large chicken breasts, you will want to slice them in half so they are nice and thin. Smaller cuts will decrease your cooking time and ensure everything cooks evenly.
  • By about the 30 minute mark, your pancakes should be ready to come out of the oven and all your ingredients (mushrooms, onion, olives, bell peppers) should be prepped and ready for the chicken.

31-51 Minutes:

  • Remove your pancakes from the oven and take the pancakes out of the sheet pan.
  • Decrease your oven temp from 400F to 375F
  • Place the chicken on the sheet pan and put them in the oven for 8-10 min
  • While the chicken is in their first stage of baking, start cleaning up from the pancakes
  • When the timer goes off, remove the chicken from the oven and top with sauce, cheese, and vegetables
  • Return the chicken to the oven for 6-10 min (or until the chicken is fully cooked)
  • Once the chicken is done, remove it from the oven and let everything cool down. Turn off your oven now

52-60 Minutes:

  • Portion out the meals, add lids to all of dishes, and transfer to fridge.
  • Wash dishes and wipe down counters.

YOU DID IT!!!

via GIPHY

How to Meal Prep Breakfast and Lunch

Following up:

Plan to either cook or consume the items you prep over the weekend within 4 days (3 if you're prepping fish). This helps to make sure that vegetables don't go bad, especially those that don't hold up as well like greens, bell peppers, cucumbers, and other soft produce.

If it looks like something may spoil before it appears on the menu rotation, swap it out with another meal that can sit another night or two without going bad.

Use shortcuts, like frozen or pre-chopped produce, when necessary or more convenient.

If you are concerned an item you prep in advance may spoil before you get to eating it over the course of the week, err on the side of caution. Either wait to prep it and/or buy the pre-cut option of it to have on hand (as needed).

A Few Bonus Sections you might be interested in:

  1. Mindful Dining Out
  2. Dealing with Meal Prep Fatigue
  3. How to Track your Meals (with tracking worksheet)
  4. How to Calculate Macros
  5. 400+ Meal Prep Recipes
How to Meal Prep Guide 777x431 (1000 × 1500 px)

35 Easy Low Carb Recipe Meal Prep Ideas

November 8, 2022 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

35 Easy Low Carb Recipe Meal Prep Ideas

If you're being mindful of your carb intake for health or macro reasons, or are just trying to balance out heavier carb days from time to time, then these 35 Easy Low Carb Recipe Meal Prep Ideas are the perfect place to start. 

For those less familiar with what a low carb diet is, let's take a little bit deeper look. According to the Mayo Clinic, A low-carb diet limits carbohydrates - such as those found in grains, starchy vegetables, and fruit - and emphasizes foods high in protein and fat.  Here is a related article: Healthy Alternatives to White Rice

Common natural sources of carbohydrates include:

  • Starchy vegetables (potatoes, squash, etc)
  • Starchy fruits (bananas, plantains, etc)
  • Grains (rice, oats, pasta)
  • Legumes (beans, peas, lentils)

There are also added sources such as sugar, flour, etc. that are found in processed items like cakes, cookies, cereals, bread, etc.

Most people use a low carb diet with the intent for weight loss or to change eating habits, but it can also be helpful with certain medical conditions such as diabetes or heart disease. 

So, whether you are following a low carb diet, trying to be a little more conscious of your eating habits, or just want some new tasty inspiration for your next meal prep, we have you covered with these 35 Easy Low Carb Recipe Meal Prep Ideas.

What's in store in this roundup up of 35 Easy Low Carb Recipe Meal Prep Ideas?

For breakfast, we have both sweet and savory low carb recipe options. From pancakes to breakfast salads, egg scrambles, muffins, and even a no oatmeal 'oats' recipe. This roundup has something for everyone to make sure the day starts out in their perfect way. 

Our main dishes, which work for both lunch and/or dinner include everything from salmon, to beef, to shrimp and chicken. There are remakes on some of your favorite takeout meals like sesame chicken and fried rice, pizza - gone keto, lasagna, and even Philly cheesesteak. 

What day would be complete without a little sweet snack or dessert? Life is all about balance, right? We think so at least! We have a recipe for the best chocolate peanut butter comes, a keto cheesecake for something a little more decadent and a few super easy fat bomb recipes that are perfect to just grab and eat. 

Jump to:

  • Breakfast
  • Lunch or Dinner
  • Dessert and Snacks

BREAKFAST

Cajun Sausage Breakfast Scramble

Keto Cajun Sausage Breakfast Scramble

Bacon & Strawberry Breakfast Salad 

Whole30 Bacon & Strawberry Breakfast Salad

Low Carb Sundried Tomato Egg Cups

Low Carb Sun Dried Tomato Egg Cups Recipe

Cinnamon Roll Muffins

Keto Cinnamon Roll Muffins

Nutty Keto Pancakes

Nutty Keto Pancake Meal Prep

Proscuitto & Arugula Egg Cups

Keto Prosciutto Egg Cups

Overnight "Oats"

Keto Overnight 'Oats'

Bacon Wrapped Asparagus Breakfast Bowls

Keto Bacon Wrapped Asparagus Breakfast Bowls

Lunch or Dinner

Low Carb Pork Fried Rice

Low Carb Pork Fried Rice Meal Prep

 Low Carb Lasagna 

Low Carb Lasagna Meal Prep

Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak

Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowls 

Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

Slow Cooker Pork Carnitas

Slow Cooker Keto Pork Carnitas Bowls 2

Beef Zucchini Enchiladas

Beef Zucchini Enchilada Meal Prep--6

Sausage Grill Packet Meal Prep

Keto Sausage Grill Packet Meal Prep

 

Mozzarella Stuffed Meatballs 

Keto Stuffed Meatball Meal Prep

Buffalo Chicken Stuffed Peppers

Salmon Cobb Salad 

Salmon Cobb Salad Meal Prep

Brazilian Skirt Steak 

Keto Brazilian Style Skirt Steak Meal Prep

Pulled Pork Lettuce Cups

Keto Pulled Pork Lettuce Wrap Meal Prep

Pesto Beef Kabobs

Keto Pesto Beef Kabob Meal Prep

Garlic Shrimp & Broccoli 

Whole30 Garlic Shrimp & Broccoli Meal Prep

Veggie Supreme Pizza Chicken Meal Prep

Veggie Supreme Pizza Chicken Meal Prep

Pesto Chicken Meal Prep 

Whole30 Pesto Chicken Meal Prep

Sesame Chicken & Broccoli Stirfry

Keto Sesame Chicken & Broccoli Stir Fry Meal Prep

Cheesy Keto Chicken Meatballs

Cheesy Low Carb Chicken Meatballs

 10 Minute Chili

10 Minute Chili Meal Prep

Pizza Chicken Meal Prep

Pizza Chicken Meal Prep

Dessert/Snacks

Low Sugar Chocolate Peanut Butter Cups 

Low Sugar Chocolate Peanut Butter Cups

Fresh Raspberry Cheesecake

Keto Fresh Raspberry Cheesecake

Sugar Free Coconut Fat Bombs

Sugar Free Coconut Balls

AB&J Fat Bombs

Almond Joy Cookies 

Keto Almond Joy Cookies

Vanilla Chia Pudding

Keto Vanilla Chia Pudding

Cashew Cheesecake Bites

Keto Cashew Cheesecake Bites

35 Easy Low Carb Recipe Meal Prep Ideas
35 Easy Low Carb Recipe Meal Prep Ideas

 

What You Probably Don't Know About Nightshade Intolerance

October 30, 2022 by Nick Quintero 3 Comments

About Nightshades

Nightshade intolerance can happen in some people after consuming one or more of a specific group of veggies.

Veggies and fruits are good for us, right? Except for maybe when they are bothersome. Maybe you're aware of nightshade intolerance, maybe you have no idea what nightshades are at all, or why you should or shouldn't be concerned about them. Depending on your own individual health, you may or may not experience some discomfort or intolerance after consuming these types of foods.

What Are Nightshades?

Nightshades or Solanaceae refer to a botanical group of plants with similar characteristics such as flower shapes and seed arrangement within the fruit. This botanical family is made up of a large variety of plants. From annual and perennial vines to shrubs and trees, these plants possess qualities that make them suited to be used as medicine, spices, weeds, or ornaments. We don't, however, necessarily eat all those kinds of nightshades, but they're all connected nonetheless.

Examples of Nightshades

A few commonly known edible nightshades include:

  • tomatoes
  • a variety of peppers
  • potatoes
  • eggplant
  • paprika
  • tobacco

Although the vegetables mentioned are known for their nutritional value and overall health, they have been blamed for inflammation and joint pains.

common nightshades
via DrJockers.com

What are the symptoms of nightshade intolerance?

Nightshades produce chemical compounds called alkaloids. These alkaloids include solanine, nicotine, and capsaicin, which are made to help defend the plant against its natural predators. When consumed by bugs, for example, these compounds act as bug spray to eliminate the pests. (Wow! A plant with its own self-defense mechanisms). These alkaloids are generally concentrated in the roots, unripe fruit, stems or leaves of the plants-parts that are not usually consumed by humans.

Although it's extremely rare, there have been reported cases of human allergic reactions to these alkaloids. Even if there isn't an allergy, a person can have a sensitivity to nightshades. The digestive tract can also contribute to negative human bodily responses. In such a case, the body is not able to properly digest these foods. That's because it lacks the enzymes to do so. Thus when these parts are consumed the following reactions may occur:

  • Hives and skin rashes
  • Bloating and gas
  • Itchiness
  • Nausea
  • Vomiting
  • Heartburn
  • Excessive mucus production
  • Achy muscles and joints
  • Diarrhea

In more severe cases:

  • Swelling of the face, mouth, or throat
  • Coughing
  • Difficulty breathing
  • Abdominal pain
  • Confusion
  • Anxiety
  • Shock
  • Low pulse

List of Inflammatory Nightshade Vegetables & Fruits

Truth be told there is limited 'controlled study' research out there to give any conclusive negative effects on the human body. There have been many documented animal studies which did confirm that nightshade consumption leads to joint inflammation and painful arthritis. However, the effects noted were connected to the way in which their bodies used vitamin D, which is totally different from how the human body does.

Here is a list of nightshade vegetables and fruits that have been said to contribute to inflammation in humans:

  • Tomatoes: All varieties
  • Potatoes: White and red potatoes, but not sweet potatoes
  • Eggplant
  • Peppers: Bell peppers, chili peppers, and any red spices
  • Paprika
  • Tobacco
  • Goji berries
common nightshades

Are Nightshades Inflammatory for Everyone?

For anyone suffering from an autoimmune disease, IBS (irritable bowel syndrome), or a sensitive digestive tract, nightshades should be avoided. These nightshades can have some serious health complications, especially if you're already on a strict diet. Here are a few reasons why you may want to avoid nightshades:

Existing Digestive Disorders

Individuals who suffer disorders such as heartburn, bloating or IBS report that their symptoms worsen whenever they eat nightshades. Yet there is no clear-cut evidence between nightshades and the worsening of these conditions. Some studies, however, show the reverse with a small group suffering from IBS. They reported a reduction in IBS symptoms after taking capsules of red pepper powder for 6 weeks.

Autoimmune Diseases

When someone has an autoimmune disease, their immune system attacks healthy cells, which results in inflammation and tissue damage. Common autoimmune diseases include celiac disease, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), and rheumatoid arthritis. Nightshades worsen these conditions as they contain chemicals that may stimulate the immune response. However, the National Arthritis Foundation's position on nightshades doesn't necessarily advocate that people cut them out of their diet altogether. It can be a highly subjective experience, different from person to person.

Lectins and leaky gut syndrome

Lectins, a type of protein that may damage the intestinal walls, are also found in nightshades. When the walls of the intestines become damaged, it results in what some medical professionals refer to as 'leaky gut syndrome.' In these cases, proteins that would normally remain within the walls of the intestines can enter the bloodstream.

 

 
 
 
 
 
View this post on Instagram
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

A post shared by Meal Prep On Fleek (@mealpreponfleek) on Feb 4, 2019 at 5:56am PST

Anti Inflammatory Foods
Related Article - Foods that fight inflammation

Should You Avoid Nightshades?

Allergies to nightshades, though rare, can pose serious problems to those affected. The research out there is unclear about the extent to which the natural chemical compounds in the nightshades affect pre-existing medical conditions. Yet it remains a possibility that symptoms may worsen. People who feel worse after eating them typically learn to avoid them. If you're not sure, it's always a good idea to talk to a trusted medical professional.

Tips / Rules for Avoiding Nightshades?

If you think you are intolerant to nightshades, here are a few tips that could help you keep track of things:

  • Avoid Eating Nightshades for Four Weeks. Once you've avoided them for the set period, reintroduce them into your diet for 1 to 2 days to see if you have any reactions.
  • Keep A Journal. Record whatever reactions you observe when you consume them. If you observe any severe reactions, you should avoid reintroducing that particular nightshade into your diet.
  • Take an Allergy Test. A skin prick test or a blood test can be performed to determine which nightshades you are allergic to.
  • Substitute Nightshades from Diet.

Here is a short list of substitutions that can be used:

  • White potatoes can be replaced by sweet potatoes
  • Tomatoes by beets, carrots, and grapes
  • Bell peppers by celery, radishes, and zucchini

Have you heard about nightshades? We would love to hear all about your encounters with nightshades. Do you avoid them for any reason? Do they negatively affect you? Comment below and share your stories with us.

18 High Protein Meal Prep Recipes

October 8, 2022 by Nick Quintero 2 Comments

High Protein Meal Prep Recipes

High Protein Meal Prep Recipes

Whether you are a macro tracker or not, the key to fitness success relies heavily on your diet. Specifically, including enough protein to help build lean muscle mass to keep your metabolism up and the calories burning. Pair that with the satiation from protein (it takes longer to digest thus keeping you feeling full longer) and you have yourself a 'recipe' for weight loss success!

To make hitting your protein goal easy during the week we have compiled 18 High Protein Meal Prep Recipes that require only a few ingredients and minimal time. Pair them with your favorite carb and healthy fat for a well-rounded meal.

High Protein Recipes

PRO TIP: Switch up the protein to vary the meals. If something calls for steak,  but you prefer chicken or just need to add a little variety, GO FOR IT! Also, any vegetarian/vegan protein option can be subbed in for eggs, fish, chicken or steak! The combinations are endless, so have fun! Now, you may be wondering...

How much protein do I need?

You need 10% to 35% of your calories to come from protein. So if you're eating 2,000 calories per day, you should be eating about 200-700 calories from protein, or 50-175 grams.

However, if you're trying to increase muscle mass, we would recommend that you lift weights regularly or and eat a range of 1.2-1.7 grams of protein per kilogram of body weight per day, or 0.5 to 0.8 grams per pound of body weight.

Combine that with these high protein meal prep ideas and you're making progress!

More High Protein Meal Prep Guides here:

  • High Protein Breakfast Recipes
  • High Protein Beef Meal Prep Recipes
  • Top 9 Plant Based Protein Sources
  • Foods that are Secretly High in Protein

High Protein Diet Recipes

Orange Chicken Meal Prep - 52g

Paleo Orange Chicken Meal Prep
A lightly honey sweetened baked orange chicken -- all the best of take out, without the heaviness! Chicken is baked in an almond flour crust and then doused in a tangy orange sauce. Serve with cauliflower rice for the complete experience!

Turmeric Scrambled Egg Meal Prep 

Jalapeno Sliders With Sweet Potato Buns Meal Prep 

Crispy Chicken Carnitas

Carrot Meatballs With Mint Cauliflower Rice

Carrot Meatballs With Mint Cauliflower Rice

Sheet Pan Teriyaki Chicken - 64g

Sheet Pan Teriyaki Chicken and Pineapple Fried Rice
High protein meal prep idea - Sheet Pan Teriyaki Chicken and Pineapple Fried Rice

One Pan Baked Cod and Veggies

Sausage Lover's Hashbrown Casserole

Sausage Lover Meal Prep Casserole

High Protein Breakfast Recipes

27 High Protein Breakfast Recipes

Whole30 Baked Buffalo Chicken Casserole

Whole30 Baked Buffalo Chicken Casserole

Grilled Greek Lemon Chicken

Fruity Quinoa Grilled Salmon

Fruity Quinoa and Grilled Salmon

Chicken Quinoa Salad

Chicken Quinoa Salad

Beef Patties With Corn, Rice and Sauteed Veggies

Beef Patties-Sweet Corn Rice and Sautéed Veggies

One Skillet Spaghetti Squash & Meatballs

21 Low Calorie But Still Awesome Casserole Recipes

Steak Fajita Roll Ups

One Dish Spaghetti Squash & BBQ Chicken Drumsticks

One Dish Sicy BBQ Chicken Drumsticks & Spaghetti Squash-, One Dish Spicy BBQ Chicken Drumsticks & Spaghetti Squash

Whole30 Pumpkin Mustard Stuffed Cabbage

Whole30 Pumpkin Mustard Stuffed Cabbage-5

20 Minute Paleo Thai Almond Butter Meatballs

Thai Almond Butter Turkey Meatballs Edited -6

Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

November 29, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

If "date-night fancy" and "meal-prep practical" had a delicious baby, it would be this Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak. Juicy flank steak gets rolled up with a bright, herby watercress-and-feta filling, then seared and roasted for a restaurant-quality dinner that's surprisingly simple. We round it out with brown rice and a quick Greek-inspired tomato-cucumber salad so you've got a complete, protein-packed meal ready in an hour.

Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

I love this for busy weeks because it reheats beautifully and feels special-like you treated yourself-without requiring fussy techniques. The Mediterranean flavors are bold yet balanced: peppery watercress, tangy feta, dill and thyme, all wrapped in tender steak. Yes, it tastes as good as it sounds. And yes, it's absolutely meal-prep friendly.

If you're stocking your fridge with foolproof dinners, browse our Dinner Meal Prep Recipes for more inspiration.

Table of Contents
  • Summarize this Recipe or Get Macros
  • Why You'll Love This Recipe
  • Ingredients
    • For the Steak Roll
    • For Serving
  • How to Make
    • Step 1: Prep the Steak
    • Step 2: Make the Filling
    • Step 3: Stuff and Roll
    • Step 4: Sear
    • Step 5: Roast
    • Step 6: Make the Quick Greek Salad
    • Step 7: Slice and Serve
  • How to Store
  • How to Reheat
  • Nutrition Facts (Per Serving)
  • Helpful Tips or Ingredient Swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final Thoughts
  • More stuffed meat meal prep recipes:

Summarize this Recipe or Get Macros

ChatGPT
Google AI
Perplexity
Grok

Why You'll Love This Recipe

  • Restaurant-Worthy, Weeknight-Easy: Elegant presentation with simple steps you can pull off on a Tuesday.
  • Protein-Packed Meal Prep: Each serving delivers satisfying protein to power your day.
  • Mediterranean Flavor Bomb: Peppery watercress + salty feta + fresh dill = big, fresh flavor.
  • Versatile Sides: Brown rice and a quick salad keep things balanced, but you can swap based on your goals.
  • Reheat Like a Pro: Stays tender and juicy with the right reheating method (details below).
Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

Ingredients

For the Steak Roll

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil (plus more for searing, if needed)
  • 1 lb flank steak
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon cracked black pepper
  • 4 cups watercress, tough stems trimmed
  • 2 oz feta cheese, crumbled
  • 1 tablespoon fresh chopped dill
  • 1 ½ teaspoon minced garlic
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme
  • Kitchen twine, for tying

For Serving

  • 2 cups cooked brown rice (about 1 cup dry)
  • 2 cups chopped tomatoes
  • 1 cup chopped cucumber
  • ½ cup thinly sliced red onion
  • ½ teaspoon dried oregano
  • 2 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar
  • Sea salt and black pepper, to taste

Yields 4 servings.

Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

How to Make

Step 1: Prep the Steak

Bring the flank steak to room temperature for even cooking (about 20-30 minutes). Pat it dry with paper towels. If the steak is thicker on one end, lightly pound it between two sheets of plastic wrap with a mallet or heavy skillet to an even thickness, this makes rolling easier and ensures even slices. Season both sides with sea salt and black pepper. Preheat the oven to 375°F.

Step 2: Make the Filling

Heat 1 tablespoon olive oil in a large oven-safe skillet (cast iron is ideal) over medium heat. Add the minced garlic and cook for 30 seconds until fragrant. Add the watercress and sauté 2 minutes until just wilted. Transfer to a bowl and let cool 1-2 minutes so the cheese doesn't melt on contact. Stir in feta, dill, and dried thyme.

Step 3: Stuff and Roll

Lay the steak on a cutting board with the grain running left to right. Spread the watercress-feta mixture evenly over the steak, leaving a 1-inch border on the side farthest from you. Starting from the side closest to you, roll the steak up tightly into a log so the grain runs along the length of the roll (this makes tender slices). Tie with kitchen twine at 1½-inch intervals to secure.

Step 4: Sear

Return the skillet to medium-high heat and add a light film of oil if the pan looks dry. Sear the stuffed steak 2-3 minutes per side until well browned on all sides. Browning = flavor and a beautiful crust.

Step 5: Roast

Transfer the skillet to the oven and roast 12-18 minutes, depending on thickness, until an instant-read thermometer inserted into the center reads 130-135°F for medium-rare or 135-140°F for medium. Remove from the oven and rest 10 minutes on a cutting board to let juices redistribute.

Step 6: Make the Quick Greek Salad

While the steak rests, combine tomatoes, cucumber, red onion, oregano, olive oil, and red wine vinegar in a bowl. Season with salt and pepper. Toss and set aside.

Step 7: Slice and Serve

Remove the twine. Slice the steak crosswise into ½-inch pinwheels. Plate with ½ cup cooked brown rice and a generous scoop of the Greek salad. For meal prep, divide everything into four containers.

Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

How to Store

  • Refrigerator: Store sliced steak, rice, and salad in airtight containers for 3-4 days. For best texture, keep the salad in a separate compartment or small container so it stays crisp.
  • Freezer: If using fresh (not previously frozen) flank steak, you can freeze leftovers. Freeze sliced steak (without the tomato-cucumber salad) in freezer-safe containers or wrap tightly in foil and then place in a labeled freezer bag for up to 2 months. Thaw overnight in the fridge before reheating. Note: Feta may lose a bit of sharpness after freezing, but the steak remains delicious.

How to Reheat

  • Stovetop (Best for Juiciness): Warm slices in a covered skillet over low heat with a tablespoon of water or broth for 3-5 minutes, just until heated through.
  • Oven: Place sliced steak in a small baking dish, splash with a little broth, cover tightly with foil, and heat at 300°F for 10-12 minutes.
  • Microwave: Use 50% power in 30-45 second bursts to avoid overcooking.
  • What Not to Reheat: Keep the tomato-cucumber salad cold. If frozen, cook fresh rice or reheat rice separately with a splash of water and a cover to steam.

Nutrition Facts (Per Serving)

  • Calories: 497
  • Protein: 32g
  • Carbohydrates: 43g
  • Fat: 22g
  • Fiber: 3g

Nutrition will vary based on exact ingredients and brands. For personalized macros, try our Macro Calculator.

Helpful Tips or Ingredient Swaps

  • Roll It Right: Place the steak so the grain runs horizontally before you roll. When you slice the pinwheels, you'll be cutting against the grain for maximum tenderness.
  • Tie Like a Pro: Tie kitchen twine every 1½ inches to keep the filling tucked inside and the shape uniform for even cooking.
  • Grill Option: Sear over direct heat to brown, then move to indirect heat at 425-450°F and cook until your desired doneness.
  • Choose Your Greens: No watercress? Baby spinach or arugula work well. Arugula keeps the peppery vibe; spinach is milder.
  • Swap the Grain: Use cauliflower rice for lower carbs, or try quinoa, farro, or orzo to change up the texture.
  • Make-Ahead Rice: Cook rice a day ahead and refrigerate. A quick splash of water and a reheat under a lid returns it to steamy perfection.
Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

FAQs

Do I need to butterfly the flank steak first?

Most 1-lb flank steaks are thin enough to roll without butterflying. If yours is very thick, carefully butterfly it to about ½-inch even thickness, then lightly pound.

Can I use skirt steak instead of flank steak?

Yes, but skirt steak is thinner and can cook faster. Keep a close eye on temperature and reduce oven time by a few minutes.

What's the best internal temperature for stuffed flank steak?

For tender, juicy slices, aim for 130-135°F (medium-rare) or 135-140°F (medium). The temperature will rise a few degrees as it rests.

Can I prepare the roll in advance?

Absolutely. Assemble, tie, and refrigerate the rolled steak (uncooked) for up to 24 hours. Bring to room temperature for 20-30 minutes before searing and roasting.

How do I keep the filling from spilling out?

Leave a 1-inch border on the far edge, roll tightly, and tie every 1½ inches. When slicing, use a sharp chef's knife and gentle sawing motions.

Final Thoughts

This Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak brings big Mediterranean energy to your weekly routine-hearty, vibrant, and seriously satisfying. It's a showstopper for dinner and a powerhouse for lunch the next day, proving that meal prep can be both practical and plate-licking good.

Want more structure for your weekly prep? Grab our Meal Planning Guide.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

More stuffed meat meal prep recipes:

Did you enjoy our yummy stuffed steak dinner recipe? If so, you'll appreciate these stuffing-filled recipes.

  • Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts
  • Vegetarian Chorizo and Quinoa Stuffed Peppers
  • Cajun Stuffed Peppers
  • BBQ Pulled Chicken Stuffed Sweet Potatoes
  • Southwestern Stuffed Sweet Potatoes
  • Turkey Stuffed Sweet Potatoes
  • Buffalo Chicken Stuffed Sweet Potato Skins
  • Broccoli Cheddar Stuffed Chicken Breast & Rice Pilaf
  • Sheet Pan Zesty Stuffed Poblano Peppers
  • Mozzarella Stuffed Meatballs
  • Sun Dried Tomato, Mozzarella & Basil Stuffed Chicken
  • Scrambled Egg Stuffed Sweet Potato Meal Prep
  • Buffalo Chicken Stuffed Pepper Meal Prep
  • Bacon, Chicken & Tomato Stuffed Avocado
  • Pumpkin Mustard Stuffed Cabbage
  • Stuffed Delicata Squash Breakfast Meal Prep
Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

This Mediterranean inspired stuffed steak is an elegant addition to your meal prep favorites. Flank steak is sliced thin and filled with vitamin-C rich watercress, feta cheese, and herbs before cooking. The end result is a flavor-packed dinner that has plenty of servings for easy reheating!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 45 minutes minutes
Total Time: 1 hour hour
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: American
Keyword: dinner, gluten free, high protein, lunch, Steak
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 497kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 lb. flank steak
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon cracked black pepper
  • 4 cups watercress
  • 2 oz. feta cheese
  • 1 tablespoon fresh chopped dill
  • 1 ½ teaspoon minced garlic
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme

For Serving

  • 2 cups brown rice
  • 2 cups chopped tomatoes
  • 1 cup chopped cucumber
  • ½ cup sliced red onion
  • ½ teaspoon dried oregano
  • 2 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar
  • Sea salt and pepper to taste
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Allow steak to come to room temperature for 30 minutes. Slice steak through the side, stopping ½ inch before cutting through. Open steak up to create 1 long thin sheet ¼-1/2 inch in thickness. Blot dry with a paper towel and season steak on both sides with salt and pepper. Set aside.
  • Preheat oven to 375ºF. Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil over medium heat in a cast-iron pan. Add watercress and garlic. Sauté for 2 minutes. Transfer garlic and watercress to a medium mixing bowl and add feta, dill and thyme. Stir well.
  • Spread mixture evenly on steak leaving 1 inch around the edges. Roll the steak from the longest side away from you to create a log. Use 3-4 pieces of kitchen twine to secure the steak.
  • Heat olive oil over medium-high heat in a cast-iron pan for 2 minutes. Sear steak for 6 minutes, turning every 2 minutes for even browning. Transfer pan to oven and bake for 20-25 minutes (for medium-rare) or until the desired doneness. Rest steak at room temperature for 10 minutes.
  • While steak is cooking, divide brown rice between 4 small compartments of MPOF white containers. Stir together ingredients for salad and divide between the remaining 4 small compartments. Remove twine from steak and slice into 8 slices. Place 2 slices in each of the large compartments.
  • To Reheat: Place slices of stuffed flank steak on a parchment paper-lined baking sheet and bake at 325ºF for 12-15 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 497kcal | Carbohydrates: 43g | Protein: 32g | Fat: 22g | Fiber: 3g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Watercress and Feta Stuffed Flank Steak

Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

November 27, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Almond Butter Chicken Thighs IG

If you love bold, nutty flavor and cozy skillet dinners, this Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet is about to be a new favorite. It's creamy, savory with a hint of sweetness, and comes together in one pan, perfect for busy weeknights and make-ahead lunches.

Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

During a season packed with sweets, I like balancing my menu with something deeply satisfying and protein-forward. This dish does exactly that. We whisk a silky almond butter sauce with coconut milk, coconut aminos, warm spices, and a touch of organic 1:1 monk fruit for gentle sweetness-no sugar crash here.

And yes, it's absolutely meal-prep friendly. Portion it into your favorite containers and you've got four craveable lunches ready to go. If you're building a weekly menu, don't miss our High-Protein recipes here.

Table of Contents
  • Summarize this Recipe or Get Macros
  • Why You'll Love This Recipe
  • Ingredients
    • For The Sauce
    • For The Chicken
    • For Serving
  • How To Make
    • Step 1: Prep The Sauce
    • Step 2: Sear The Chicken
    • Step 3: Add Aromatics & Veg
    • Step 4: Simmer In Sauce
    • Step 5: Finish & Garnish
    • Step 6: Quick Skillet Veg For Serving
    • Step 7: Portion For Meal Prep
  • How To Store
  • How To Reheat
  • Nutrition Facts (Per Serving)
  • Helpful Tips Or Ingredient Swaps
  • FAQs
Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

Summarize this Recipe or Get Macros

ChatGPT
Google AI
Perplexity
Grok

Why You'll Love This Recipe

  • Versatile: Swap in tofu or veggies and use the sauce on bowls, roasted veg, or baked potatoes.
  • One-Pan Wonder: Fewer dishes, faster cleanup, weeknight approved.
  • Balanced Flavor: Savory almond butter sauce with subtle sweetness from 1:1 monk fruit.
  • Macro-Friendly: High in protein, low in carbs, naturally gluten-free and grain-free.
  • Meal-Prep Ready: Built to portion, reheat, and enjoy all week.
Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

Ingredients

For The Sauce

  • ⅓ cup unsalted, unsweetened almond butter
  • ⅔ cup full-fat coconut milk
  • 3 tablespoon coconut aminos
  • 2 tablespoon fresh lime juice
  • 1 tablespoon NOW Foods Organic 1:1 Monk Fruit Sweetener
  • ½ teaspoon ground coriander
  • ½ teaspoon ground turmeric
  • ¼ teaspoon ground ginger

For The Chicken

  • Salt and black pepper, to taste
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil or ghee
  • 1 lb boneless, skinless chicken thighs, trimmed and cut into 2-inch pieces
  • 1 teaspoon minced garlic
  • 1 cup chopped red bell pepper
  • ½ cup fresh chopped cilantro, for topping
  • 2 tablespoon chopped raw almonds, for topping

For Serving

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2 cups baby broccoli, ends trimmed
  • 1 cup thinly sliced red onion
  • Salt and black pepper, to taste

Yields 4 servings.

Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

How To Make

Step 1: Prep The Sauce

In a medium bowl, whisk together almond butter, coconut milk, coconut aminos, lime juice, monk fruit sweetener, coriander, turmeric, and ginger until smooth and creamy. Set aside. The sauce will be slightly thick and will loosen as it heats.

Step 2: Sear The Chicken

Heat 1 tablespoon olive oil (or ghee) in a medium skillet over medium-high heat. Pat chicken pieces dry with paper towels and season with salt and pepper. Add chicken to the hot skillet and brown for about 6 minutes, stirring occasionally, until lightly golden on the edges.

Step 3: Add Aromatics & Veg

Stir in minced garlic and chopped red bell pepper. Sauté 2 minutes to soften the pepper and bloom the garlic.

Step 4: Simmer In Sauce

Pour the almond butter sauce over the chicken and peppers. Stir to coat. Bring to a gentle simmer, then reduce heat to medium-low. Cook 12-15 minutes, stirring once or twice, until the chicken is cooked through and the sauce is glossy and slightly thickened. Taste and adjust seasoning with salt, pepper, or lime.

Step 5: Finish & Garnish

Remove from heat. Top with chopped cilantro and chopped almonds for crunch.

Step 6: Quick Skillet Veg For Serving

Wipe out the skillet if needed and return to medium heat with 1 tablespoon olive oil. Add sliced red onion; sauté 5 minutes until lightly softened. Add baby broccoli, stir, cover, and cook 6-7 minutes until crisp-tender. Season with salt and pepper.

Step 7: Portion For Meal Prep

Divide the almond butter chicken among 4 MPOF containers. Add the broccoli and onions to the side compartments. Let cool slightly before sealing.

How To Store

  • Fridge: Store in airtight containers for up to 4 days. Keep the chicken and veggies together, or separate if you prefer crisper broccoli.
  • Freezer: Portion chicken with sauce (without the broccoli) into freezer-safe containers and freeze for 2-3 months. Freeze the broccoli separately or cook fresh when reheating for best texture.
  • Sauce-Only Prep: Double the sauce, store in a glass jar, and refrigerate for up to 1 week. Shake well before using.

How To Reheat

  • Microwave: Vent the lid and heat on medium power for 60-90 seconds. Stir and heat in 20-30 second bursts until hot. Add a splash of water or coconut milk if the sauce thickened in the fridge.
  • Stovetop: Warm in a covered skillet over medium-low heat with 1-2 tablespoons water or coconut milk, stirring occasionally until heated through.
  • Oven: Transfer to an oven-safe dish, cover, and bake at 325°F for 12-15 minutes, until hot.

For best texture on the broccoli, reheat it separately and avoid overcooking.

Macros are estimates and can vary by brand/ingredients. Use our Macro Calculator to customize: https://mealpreponfleek.com/macro-calculator/

Nutrition Facts (Per Serving)

  • Calories: 491
  • Protein: 26g
  • Carbohydrates: 21g
  • Fat: 33g
  • Fiber: 9g
  • Sodium: 585mg
Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

Helpful Tips Or Ingredient Swaps

  • Coconut Aminos Note: If substituting tamari, start with 2 tablespoons and add a splash of water to match the sweetness/salt of coconut aminos.
  • Chicken Options: Boneless skinless thighs stay juicy, but chicken breast works-reduce the simmer time by 2-3 minutes to prevent drying.
  • Make It Vegetarian: Swap chicken for extra-firm tofu (press well and cube). Sear until golden, then simmer in the sauce for 6-8 minutes.
  • Veggie Flex: Add mushrooms, snap peas, or spinach in Step 3. If using quick-cooking greens, stir them in during the last 2 minutes.
  • All About The Sauce: This sauce is amazing on lentil bowls, roasted cauliflower, ground beef, or stuffed baked potatoes. Make a double batch and keep it on hand for weeknight shortcuts.
  • Sweetness To Taste: Start with 1 tablespoon monk fruit; add up to 1 additional teaspoon if you prefer a slightly sweeter finish.

FAQs

Can I use peanut butter instead of almond butter?

Yes. Natural, unsweetened peanut butter works well and creates a richer, slightly stronger flavor. Stir the jar before measuring to avoid oily or dry scoops.

Is this recipe keto or low-carb?

This dish is low in carbs as written. If you're following keto, double-check your coconut milk and coconut aminos labels. For more low-carb-friendly ideas, browse our Keto collection: https://mealpreponfleek.com/diet/keto/

How can I make it spicier?

Add crushed red pepper flakes, a pinch of cayenne, or a spoonful of chili-garlic sauce when you simmer the sauce. Taste and adjust.

What can I serve it with besides broccoli?

Try cauliflower rice, sautéed zucchini, roasted green beans, or a crisp cucumber salad. For a heartier option, brown rice or quinoa work great if you're not low-carb.

Can I prep this ahead for a dinner party?

Absolutely. Make the sauce up to 3 days ahead. Sear and simmer the chicken the day of serving. Gently reheat on the stovetop and garnish with cilantro and almonds right before serving for fresh flavor and texture.

This Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet checks every box: quick, deeply flavorful, and meal-prep ready. The sauce alone is a meal-prep MVP-use it to turn any protein or veggie into a satisfying, balanced plate.

If you're building a consistent routine, grab our Meal Planning Guide for more structure: Click Here

Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

This savory almond butter chicken thigh recipe is a one-pan meal that is full of nutty flavor. The recipe is low carbs, high in protein, and sweetened with a low glycemic sweetener to add a slight sweetness to the recipe without a sugar spike!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 35 minutes minutes
Total Time: 45 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: Indian
Keyword: Chicken, chicken thighs, coconut milk, dinner, gluten free, low carb, lunch, main dish
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 491kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

For Sauce

  • ⅓ cup unsalted/unsweetened almond butter
  • ⅔ cup full fat coconut milk
  • 3 tablespoon coconut aminos
  • 2 tablespoon lime juice
  • 1 tablespoon Now Foods Organic 1:1 Monk Fruit Sweetener
  • ½ teaspoon ground coriander
  • ½ teaspoon ground turmeric
  • ¼ teaspoon ground ginger

For Chicken

  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil or ghee
  • 1 lb. boneless skinless chicken thighs sliced into 2-inch pieces and excess fat trimmed
  • 1 teaspoon minced garlic
  • 1 cup chopped red bell pepper
  • ½ cup fresh chopped cilantro
  • 2 tablespoon chopped raw almonds

For Serving

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2 cups baby broccoli ends trimmed
  • 1 cup sliced red onion
  • Salt and pepper to taste
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Whisk together ingredients for the sauce in a medium mixing bowl. Set aside.
  • Heat olive oil over medium-high heat in a medium skillet. Blot chicken pieces dry with a paper towel and season with salt and pepper. Add chicken thighs and brown for 6 minutes. Add bell pepper and garlic to pan and sauté for 2 minutes longer.
  • Pour sauce on top to cover chicken and vegetables. Stir well. Bring to a simmer and reduce heat to medium-low. Simmer for 12-15 minutes, until chicken is cooked through.
  • Divide almond chicken between 4 teal MPOF containers and top with cilantro.
  • Clean pan and return to stove. Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil over medium heat and add onions. Sauté for 5 minutes. Add broccoli to pan and stir. Cover with lid and cook 6-7 minutes longer, until broccoli is tender.
  • Divide broccoli and onions between small compartments of teal containers. Sprinkle with salt and pepper, then stir. Cover with lid and cook 6-7 minutes longer, until broccoli is tender.
  • Divide broccoli and onions between small compartments of teal containers. Sprinkle with salt and pepper.

Video

Nutrition

Calories: 491kcal | Carbohydrates: 21g | Protein: 26g | Fat: 33g | Sodium: 585mg | Fiber: 9g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Savory Almond Butter Chicken Thigh Skillet

Homemade Chicken Doner Wraps

November 25, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

viral homemade Chicken Doner Wraps

If you love juicy, spiced chicken and crave a super-satisfying handheld, these homemade chicken doner wraps are about to be your new weeknight MVP. We're talking warmly spiced ground chicken pressed thin between parchment (so it cooks fast and evenly!), roasted peppers and onions, and a quick paprika aioli to tie it all together.

The method is simple, the flavor is big, and the whole sheet-pan approach makes it perfect for meal prep. Build wraps for grab-and-go lunches or keep the components separate to mix and match bowls and salads all week long.

If you're on a high-protein kick, add this to your rotation and browse more of our high protein recipes.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
    • Summarize this Recipe and Get the Macros
  • Ingredients
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Bold, doner-style flavor with pantry spices-no special equipment needed.
  • Sheet-pan friendly: cook the chicken and veggies together to save time.
  • Meal-prep ready: holds up well in the fridge and reheats like a dream.
  • Customizable heat level-add or skip jalapeño as you like.
  • Budget-friendly, simple ingredients you probably already have.

Summarize this Recipe and Get the Macros

ChatGPT
Google AI
Perplexity
Grok

Ingredients

For the chicken mixture

  • 2 lb ground chicken
  • 1 medium onion, roughly chopped
  • 3-4 garlic cloves, peeled
  • 1-1½ teaspoon kosher salt, plus black pepper to taste
  • 1 tablespoon sweet paprika
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 tablespoon garlic powder
  • 1 tablespoon dried parsley
  • 1 tablespoon sumac
  • ½ teaspoon dried marjoram
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon ground coriander
  • 2 tablespoon Greek yogurt (plain)
  • 2 tablespoon tomato paste
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil

For the veggies

  • Mini bell peppers, sliced
  • 1 yellow onion, sliced
  • 1 jalapeño, sliced (seeded for less heat)
  • 1-2 tablespoon olive oil, plus kosher salt and black pepper

For the paprika aioli

  • 3 tablespoon mayonnaise
  • 1 garlic clove, very finely minced or grated
  • ½ teaspoon sweet paprika
  • Pinch of salt, to taste

For serving

  • 6-8 medium lavash or pita bread (flour, whole wheat, or low-carb)
  • Shredded lettuce
  • Thinly sliced onion and chopped parsley
  • Lemon wedges (optional)
  • Extra sauce of choice (hot sauce, tahini, or yogurt sauce), optional
viral homemade Chicken Doner Wraps 1
image via Shred happens

How to make

Step 1: Prep

  1. Preheat oven to 400°F. Line a large sheet pan.
  2. In a small food processor, blend the onion and garlic into a smooth pulp.
  3. Add ground chicken to a mixing bowl. Scrape in the onion-garlic pulp, salt, pepper, and all spices. Mix in Greek yogurt, tomato paste, and olive oil until very well combined. Marinate 30 minutes if you can (great for flavor), or proceed right away.

Step 2: Shape the chicken
4. Divide the mixture into 6-8 portions; roll each into a ball.
5. Place each ball between two sheets of parchment. Use a rolling pin or bottle to press the chicken into an even thin sheet (edge to edge).
6. Roll up each parchment "poster-style" and set the rolls seam-side down on the sheet pan.

Step 3: Add the veggies
7. Scatter sliced peppers, onion, and jalapeño on the same pan. Drizzle with olive oil and season with salt and pepper.

Step 4: Bake
8. Bake for 30 minutes at 400°F, until veggies are tender and the chicken is cooked through (165°F).

Step 5: Slice and build
9. Let the chicken rest 1-2 minutes. Unroll the parchment and cut the chicken into strips or squares.
10. Stir together the paprika aioli (mayo, garlic, paprika, pinch of salt).
11. Warm lavash if desired. Layer lettuce, a swipe of aioli, roasted veggies, chicken, more lettuce, onions, and parsley. Roll tightly.

Step 6: Crisp the wrap
12. Lightly spray or oil a skillet over medium heat. Sear the wrap 1-2 minutes per side until golden and crisp. Slice, drizzle with extra sauce if you like, and enjoy.

How to store

  • Chicken & veggies (best for meal prep): Store in separate airtight containers up to 4 days in the fridge.
  • Paprika aioli: Store in a small airtight container up to 5 days.
  • Lavash: Keep sealed at room temp per package, or refrigerate once opened.
  • Freezer: The cooked chicken slices freeze well for 2-3 months. Cool completely, then freeze flat in a zip-top bag with parchment between pieces.

How to reheat

  • Skillet (best texture): Medium heat with a light spray of oil, 3-4 minutes to warm chicken and lightly re-crisp.
  • Oven/air fryer: 350°F for 6-10 minutes until heated through.
  • Microwave: 60-90 seconds for chicken/veggies. If reheating a built wrap, microwave 30-45 seconds, then finish in a dry skillet to crisp.

Nutrition facts

Approximate per serving for 6 wraps (1 lavash flatbread + chicken + veggies + ~2 teaspoon aioli):

  • Calories: ~380-420
  • Protein: ~26-30g
  • Carbs: ~32-38g (varies by lavash)
  • Fat: ~15-20g
  • Fiber: ~2-4g

Note: Nutrition will vary based on lavash size/type and mayo brand. For more precision, plug your specific ingredients into a tracker.

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • No food processor? Grate the onion and garlic on the small holes of a box grater to make a pulp.
  • Make it spicier: Add ¼-1/2 teaspoon cayenne to the chicken or keep the jalapeño seeds.
  • Dairy-free: Use dairy-free yogurt in the chicken and a vegan mayo for the aioli.
  • Lavash swap: Try tortillas, pita, or low-carb wraps. For bowls, serve over rice, quinoa, or shredded lettuce.
  • Sauce options: Tahini lemon sauce, garlicky yogurt sauce, or your favorite hot sauce all work beautifully.
  • Batch it: Double the chicken, bake on two pans, and freeze half for instant future wraps.

FAQs

Can I use ground turkey instead of chicken?

Yes, use 93% lean ground turkey for similar results. Check doneness at 165°F.

Do I have to press the chicken thin between parchment?

Yes, It helps cook evenly and creates that tender, sliceable texture. If you skip it, spread the mixture into even rectangles on parchment-lined pans.

What if I don't have sumac or marjoram?

Skip marjoram if needed. For sumac's tang, add a little extra lemon juice to your aioli or a squeeze of lemon over the wrap.

Can I use beef for this recipe?

Yes-ground beef makes delicious doner-style wraps with the same method. Go with 90-93% lean so it holds together without getting greasy.

Final thoughts

These homemade chicken doner wraps check every box: bold flavor, simple prep, and super portable for the week ahead. Keep the components on hand and you can assemble a wrap or bowl in minutes.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long. And for more meal-prep-friendly ideas, browse our meal prep recipes.

Crockpot Breakfast Casserole

November 23, 2025 by Nick Quintero 6 Comments

Crockpot Breakfast Casserole

Mornings are busy, and the snooze button is tempting. That's exactly why I love a slow cooker breakfast you can set, forget, and portion for the week. This crockpot breakfast casserole is loaded with tender potatoes, fluffy eggs, savory chicken sausage, and a rainbow of veggies. It's simple, hearty, and built for make-ahead success.

If you're getting back into meal prep, this recipe is a low‑stress win: 15 minutes of assembly, then the slow cooker does the heavy lifting. You'll walk away with six balanced servings that reheat like a dream-perfect for grab‑and‑go mornings.

Browse more ideas in our breakfast meal prep recipes and high protein recipes collections.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Family‑friendly flavors that welcome easy swaps.
  • Minimal hands‑on time: 15 minutes to assemble, then the crockpot takes over.
  • Balanced macros: protein, complex carbs, and veggies in every serving.
  • Flexible and freezer‑friendly: great fresh, great later.
  • Whole30‑style option with compliant sausage and coconut milk.
Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Summarize this Recipe or Get Macros
  • Ingredients
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts
  • Helpful tips and ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

Summarize this Recipe or Get Macros

ChatGPT
Google AI
Perplexity
Grok

Ingredients

For the casserole

  • 2 medium potatoes, peeled and thinly sliced (use a mandoline for speed)
  • 8 large eggs
  • ¼ cup canned coconut milk (well shaken)
  • 1 teaspoon sea salt
  • Black pepper, to taste
  • 1 pound compliant chicken sausage, cooked and crumbled
  • 1 cup sliced mushrooms
  • 1 red bell pepper, thinly sliced
  • 4 cups fresh spinach

Optional add‑ins: ½ small onion (thinly sliced), ½ teaspoon garlic powder, ½ teaspoon smoked paprika, chopped parsley for garnish.

How to make

Step 1: Prep the base
Use a mandoline or sharp knife to thinly slice the potatoes. Lightly grease the crockpot insert. Lay potatoes in an even layer on the bottom to form a base.

Step 2: Mix the eggs
In a large bowl, whisk eggs, coconut milk, salt, and pepper until well combined.

Step 3: Layer the ingredients
Add half of the sausage, mushrooms, peppers, and spinach over the potatoes. Pour in half of the egg mixture. Repeat with the remaining sausage, veggies, and eggs to make two layers. (Spinach will wilt down as it cooks.)

Step 4: Cook (low effort)
Cover and cook on High for 2 hours, or until the center is set and edges pull slightly from the sides. (Slow cooker models vary; check starting at 1 hour 45 minutes.)

Step 5: Rest and portion
Let the casserole rest 10-15 minutes, then slice into 6 portions. Garnish if you like and pack into meal prep containers.

How to store

Freezer: Wrap portions tightly or store in freezer‑safe containers for 2-3 months. For best texture, freeze without leafy garnishes.

Fridge: Cool completely, then store portions in airtight containers for up to 4 days.

How to reheat

  • Microwave: 60-90 seconds per slice from the fridge; 3-4 minutes from frozen (reheat at 50% power, then finish at full power). Rest 1 minute.
  • Oven/toaster oven: 325°F for 10-15 minutes (fridge) or 25-30 minutes (frozen), covered with foil to keep moisture in. Uncover for the last 2-3 minutes if you like lightly crisp edges.

Tip: If reheating from frozen, thaw overnight in the fridge for the most even texture.

Nutrition facts

Per serving (⅙ of recipe): 329 calories | 23.7g protein | 15.6g carbs | 18.8g fat | 3.1g fiber
Numbers based on ingredients listed above; your exact values may vary with swaps.

Helpful tips and ingredient swaps

  • Slow cooker size: A 5-6 quart crockpot works best. In a larger cooker, check for doneness a bit earlier.
  • Whole30 and dairy‑free: The base recipe is dairy‑free. Use a compliant chicken sausage and coconut milk.
  • Swap the protein: Turkey sausage, crumbled bacon, or plant‑based sausage all work.
  • Change the veg: Try zucchini, kale, or onions; keep total veg volume similar so the casserole sets.
  • Make‑ahead shortcut: Cook sausage the day before; slice potatoes and store in cold water in the fridge (drain and pat dry before layering).

FAQs

Can I use frozen hash browns instead of fresh potatoes?

Yes. Use 3-4 cups thawed, well‑drained hash browns. Pat dry before layering to avoid excess moisture.

How do I prevent watery eggs?

Slice potatoes thinly, don't overpack with veggies, and let the casserole rest before slicing. If your slow cooker runs hot, check early to avoid overcooking.

Can I add cheese?

Absolutely-about 1 to 1 ½ cups shredded cheese (cheddar, pepper jack, or dairy‑free shreds) sprinkled between layers. Skip for Whole30.

Will sweet potatoes work?

Yes. Thinly slice or use diced sweet potato; the cook time is the same. Flavor is slightly sweeter and pairs well with turkey sausage.

How many days can I eat this safely?

Up to 4 days in the fridge when stored properly. Reheat until steaming hot throughout before serving.

Final thoughts

Set it and forget it breakfasts are the secret to calmer mornings. With a single crockpot session, you'll stack six hearty portions that keep you fueled and focused all week long.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress‑free all week long.

Whole30-Crockpot-Breakfast-Casserole

Crockpot Breakfast Casserole

This hearty breakfast casserole layers potatoes, sausage, and tons of veggies. Slow cooking the casserole leaves the eggs moist, making this casserole perfect for freezing and reheating.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 2 hours hours
Total Time: 2 hours hours 15 minutes minutes
Course: Breakfast
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Egg, Meal Prep, Slow Cooker
Servings: 6 meals
Calories: 329kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 2 medium potatoes thinly sliced
  • 8 large eggs
  • ¼ cup full fat coconut milk
  • 1 teaspoon Salt
  • black pepper to taste
  • 1 pound whole30 compliant chicken sausage we use Aidelle's brand
  • 1 cup sliced mushrooms
  • 1 medium red bell pepper thinly sliced
  • 4 cups fresh spinach
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Using a mandoline, thinly slice the potatoes.
  • Lay the potatoes out on the bottom of the crockpot to form a bottom layer.
  • Whisk eggs with coconut milk, salt and pepper.
  • Alternate adding half of the sausage, mushrooms, peppers, spinach and eggs, making 2 layers on top of the potatoes.
  • Slow cook on high for 2 hours.

Notes

Nutrition for 1 out of 6 servings:
23.7g Protein | 15.6g Carbs | 18.8g Fat | 3.1g Fiber | 329 Calories

Nutrition

Serving: 1serving | Calories: 329kcal | Carbohydrates: 15.6g | Protein: 23.7g | Fat: 18.8g | Fiber: 3.1g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Whole30 Crockpot Breakfast Casserole

How to Start Meal Prepping...Again

November 22, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

How To Start Meal Prepping Again

If you've fallen off the meal prep wagon, you're not alone... and you're not starting from scratch. Life changes, seasons shift, and routines wobble. The win isn't never slipping; it's knowing how to reset without guilt and make a plan that fits the current version of your life.

This guide breaks down the most common reasons people stop meal prepping and exactly how to get back into it simply, flexibly, and with zero perfectionism.

Easy & Delicious Buffet Style Meal Prep
Table of Contents
  • Why You Stopped Meal Prepping (and how to fix it)
  • Quick answer: how to restart meal prepping this week
  • The top 7 meal prep problems (with solutions)
    • 1) "Weekend prep takes too long-I lose family time."
    • 2) "I'm bored of eating the same thing."
    • 3) "Meal prep feels restrictive."
    • 4) "My kitchen turns into a chaotic hot mess."
    • 5) "I keep forgetting ingredients and running back to the store."
    • 6) "There's no wiggle room."
    • 7) "It's too predictable and takes the fun out of cooking."
  • Your 60-minute restart plan (checklist)
  • Helpful resources
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

Why You Stopped Meal Prepping (and how to fix it)

It's normal to lose momentum when routines change... new job, travel, school schedules, or just burnout. Before you throw in the towel, identify the snag and choose the simplest fix. Below are the seven most common roadblocks we hear from the MPOF community, and practical ways around each one.

Quick answer: how to restart meal prepping this week

  1. Pick 2 meals + 1 snack you already like (no new recipes required).
  2. Block 60-90 minutes on your calendar (prep doesn't have to eat your weekend).
  3. Make a short list of 5-8 items (protein, veggie, starch, sauce, snack, fruit).
  4. Batch the basics: roast a protein, cook a grain, wash/cut produce, mix 1 sauce.
  5. Pack 4-6 mix-and-match servings and leave 1-2 nights open for flexibility.

Aim for "good enough." Consistency beats complexity every time.

While keeping in mind that everyone meal preps with different goals in mind, we are going to look at some streamlining some of the main ideas here. The name of the game is all about what works for you personally!

What works for you, probably won't work for that guy that parked his Lexus in your spot last Tuesday. We are going to look at some flexible hints that will hopefully save you time in the kitchen, and keep you motivated. And maybe there will be a few ideas that surprise you!

The top 7 meal prep problems (with solutions)

1) "Weekend prep takes too long-I lose family time."

Try this:

  • Shrink the session. Cap prep at 60-90 minutes. If it can't fit, it doesn't ship.
  • Split the work. Do small tasks on weeknights (wash greens, cook rice, make a sauce). Finish assembly on your chosen prep block.
  • Make it a family task. Kids can portion snacks, rinse fruit, or add labels. Turn on a movie after you pack-built-in reward.

Mini plan: Friday: make a sauce. Saturday: roast protein + veggies. Sunday: pack.

Lots of great easy recipes for some great ideas right here on MPOF!

27 Chicken Recipes You Can Meal Prep 777x431

2) "I'm bored of eating the same thing."

Try this:

  • Keep the base, change the top. Rotate sauces, herbs, and toppings; keep proteins/veg/grains familiar.
  • Use a mix-and-match grid. Choose 1 protein + 1 veg + 1 carb + 1 sauce for each box. Same method, different flavor.
  • Portion later. Store components separately and pack the night before to match your mood.

Flavor shortcuts: pesto, chipotle-lime yogurt, sesame-ginger dressing, buffalo + ranch, maple-mustard.


3) "Meal prep feels restrictive."

Try this:

  • Build wiggle room in. Prep 4 meals for a 5-day workweek and leave 1-2 flexible dinners.
  • Stock convenient whole foods. Pre-cut veggies, canned beans, rotisserie chicken, frozen rice, bagged salad kits.
  • Soup stash. Freeze 2-3 different soups in single servings for a quick, comforting backup.

Meal prep is a tool, not a rule. You're in charge of how rigid-or relaxed-it is.

High Protein Breakfast Bowl 4

4) "My kitchen turns into a chaotic hot mess."

Try this:

  • Work in stages:
    1. Prep: chop everything for all recipes.
    2. Cook: roast/sauté/boil simultaneously where possible.
    3. Finish: sauces, garnishes, and cleanup while things cook.
  • Tray system. Assign a sheet pan or tray for each recipe; corral ingredients + containers there.
  • Clean-as-you-go. Fill the sink with soapy water before you start; drop tools in, rinse, repeat.

5) "I keep forgetting ingredients and running back to the store."

Try this:

  • Use a repeatable list. Keep a running pantry/freezer checklist on your phone.
  • Shop the template, not the recipe. Protein + veg + carb + sauce + snack + fruit. Swap within each category based on deals.
  • Default swaps. Out of lemons? Use vinegar. No quinoa? Rice works. Flexibility saves time and money.

Related Article: How to Read a Food Nutrition Label

The Ultimate Whole30 Whole Foods Grocery List

6) "There's no wiggle room."

Reality check: There's as much wiggle room as you allow. Give yourself permission to:

  • Prep fewer meals.
  • Order takeout once.
  • Swap a planned dinner for cereal and call it balanced with fruit. It's fine.

Remember: The goal is consistency over weeks-not perfection in a single weekend.


7) "It's too predictable and takes the fun out of cooking."

Try this:

  • Hybrid approach. Cook small amounts most nights and pack strategic leftovers.
  • Theme weeks. Pick a flavor lane (Mediterranean, BBQ, Thai-inspired) to keep it playful.
  • Skill snack. Learn one micro-skill during prep (knife practice, new vinaigrette, sheet-pan timing).

There's no "bulk cook handbook." Use the pieces that help and skip the rest.

What meal prep ideas have made prepping easier for you?


Your 60-minute restart plan (checklist)

  • Preheat oven to 425°F. Start rice/quinoa on the stovetop.
  • Chop a tray of veggies (broccoli, carrots, onions) + coat with oil/salt/pepper; roast 20-25 minutes.
  • Season chicken thighs, tofu, or salmon; roast alongside veggies.
  • Whisk one sauce (maple-mustard or tahini-lemon).
  • Rinse berries, portion nuts or hummus, and wash greens.
  • Pack 4 containers: grain + protein + veg + sauce on the side. Add fruit/snack bags.

Done.

3 awesome balance meals

Helpful resources

  • Beginner's guide: See our core principles in Meal Prep 101.
  • Time-savers: Batch cooking, pantry lists, and prep shortcuts in our Time-Saving Tips collection.
  • Meal Prep Containers: Containers, reheating advice, in our Best Meal Prep Containers blog post

(Browse the MPOF site for these guides and categories.)

FAQs

How do I start again after months (or years) off?

Start tiny: prep two lunches and one snack. Keep going for two weeks, then add one more meal. Momentum > motivation.

What if my schedule changes every week?

Use a floating prep block. Choose any 60-90 minute window that appears by Friday and keep a short "prep menu" on your phone so you can act fast.

How do I avoid food waste when I'm restarting?

Buy smaller quantities, lean on frozen produce, and prep components instead of fully assembled meals until you're back in a groove.

Final thoughts

Falling off isn't failure... it's feedback. Your life shifted, and your system needs a small update. Start with two meals, keep it flexible, and let consistency carry you. You've got this.

If you love practical, flexible meal prep, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress‑free all week long.

Grilled Spicy Salmon Rice Bowl (15-Minute Meal Prep)

November 21, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Grilled Spicy Salmon Rice Bowl

Looking for a fast, flavorful meal you can throw together after work or batch prep for the week? This grilled spicy salmon rice bowl is a total winner. It has juicy salmon, crunchy veggies, and a creamy sriracha mayo that ties everything together.

Grilled Spicy Salmon Rice Bowl

We keep things simple with just seven ingredients and a quick cook on the grill. It's perfect for busy weeknights and even better for meal prep. If you love bowls like this, browse our Meal prep bowls and High protein recipes for more easy ideas.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Summarize this Recipe and Get Macros
  • Ingredients
  • How to make
    • Step 1: Prep
    • Step 2: Grill the salmon
    • Step 3: Make the spicy mayo
    • Step 4: Assemble the bowls
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts (per serving)
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Big flavor, minimal effort-only seven ingredients and 15 minutes
  • Meal-prep friendly and great for lunches
  • Flexible: swap in brown rice, cauliflower rice, or another protein
  • Balanced: protein, carbs, and fats in one satisfying bowl
  • Budget-friendly: pantry staples plus a few fresh add-ins

Summarize this Recipe and Get Macros

ChatGPT
Google AI
Perplexity
Grok

Ingredients

Makes 3 servings

  • 1 lb salmon fillet (skin-on or skinless)
  • 4 cups cooked basmati rice (use microwave rice for speed)
  • 2 tablespoon kewpie mayo
  • 2 tablespoon sriracha
  • 1 medium carrot, shredded
  • 1 small cucumber, thinly sliced
  • 1 tablespoon Everything but the Bagel seasoning, to taste

Optional but tasty

  • 2-3 tablespoon Bachan's Original (or your favorite teriyaki/Japanese barbecue sauce) for brushing the salmon

How to make

Step 1: Prep

  • Preheat your grill to 400-450°F. Clean and oil the grates.
  • If you're using microwave rice packs, heat according to package directions and fluff with a fork.

Step 2: Grill the salmon

  • Pat the salmon dry. If using, brush lightly with Bachan's or another sauce.
  • Place the salmon on the grill, skin-side down if using skin-on. Close the lid and cook 6-10 minutes, depending on thickness, until it flakes easily with a fork and reaches 125-130°F for medium.
  • Transfer to a plate and rest 2 minutes, then flake into large pieces.

Step 3: Make the spicy mayo

  • In a small bowl, stir together the kewpie mayo and sriracha. Adjust the heat to taste.

Step 4: Assemble the bowls

  • Divide the rice among three bowls or meal-prep containers.
  • Top with salmon, cucumber, and shredded carrot.
  • Drizzle with spicy mayo and finish with Everything but the Bagel seasoning to taste.

How to store

  • Fridge: Store assembled bowls (keep the spicy mayo in a separate small container for best texture) for up to 4 days.
  • Freezer: Freeze rice and salmon together for up to 2-3 months. Add fresh cucumber, carrot, and sauce after thawing for the best crunch.

How to reheat

  • Microwave: Reheat salmon and rice, covered, on medium power for 1-2 minutes, until hot. Add veggies and sauce after heating.
  • Stovetop: Warm rice in a covered skillet with a splash of water. Add salmon at the end to gently heat without drying out.
  • Crispy edges option: Air-fry or broil the salmon pieces for 2-3 minutes to re-crisp, then assemble.

Nutrition facts (per serving)

  • Calories: 624
  • Protein: 33 g
  • Carbs: 51 g
  • Fat: 29 g

Nutrition provided by the recipe author; values may vary based on brands and exact portions.

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • No grill? Bake salmon at 425°F for 10-12 minutes or pan-sear 3-4 minutes per side.
  • Swap the base: try brown rice, quinoa, or cauliflower rice to change the macros.
  • Adjust the heat: add more sriracha or a pinch of red pepper flakes; mellow it out with extra mayo or a spoonful of plain Greek yogurt.
  • Extra veg ideas: edamame, sliced avocado, radishes, or shredded cabbage add color and crunch.
  • Sauce alternatives: if you don't have kewpie, use regular mayo or half mayo/half Greek yogurt.

FAQs

Can I use canned salmon?
Yes. Drain it well, flake, and warm gently before assembling. Grilled fresh salmon has the best texture, but canned works in a pinch.

Is Bachan's necessary?
No. It's optional for a sweet-savory glaze. You can skip it or brush on a little soy sauce mixed with honey.

How far ahead can I meal prep this?
Make up to 4 days in advance. Store the spicy mayo and fresh veggies separately to keep everything crisp.

Final thoughts

This spicy salmon rice bowl is the kind of meal I rely on when I want big flavor without a lot of fuss. With a few shortcuts and a hot grill, you'll have three hearty bowls ready in minutes. If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Grilled Spicy Salmon Rice Bowl

Grilled Spicy Salmon Rice Bowl (15-Minute Meal Prep)

This grilled spicy salmon rice bowl is a total winner. It has juicy salmon, crunchy veggies, and a creamy sriracha mayo that ties everything together.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 15 minutes minutes
Total Time: 15 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch
Cuisine: Asian
Keyword: Salmon
Servings: 3 meals
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 1 lb salmon fillet skin-on or skinless
  • 4 cups cooked basmati rice use microwave rice for speed
  • 2 tablespoon kewpie mayo
  • 2 tablespoon sriracha
  • 1 medium carrot shredded
  • 1 small cucumber thinly sliced
  • 1 tablespoon Everything but the Bagel seasoning to taste
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

Step 1: Prep

  • Preheat your grill to 400-450°F. Clean and oil the grates.
  • If you're using microwave rice packs, heat according to package directions and fluff with a fork.

Step 2: Grill the salmon

  • Pat the salmon dry. If using, brush lightly with Bachan's or another sauce.
  • Place the salmon on the grill, skin-side down if using skin-on. Close the lid and cook 6-10 minutes, depending on thickness, until it flakes easily with a fork and reaches 125-130°F for medium.
  • Transfer to a plate and rest 2 minutes, then flake into large pieces.

Step 3: Make the spicy mayo

  • In a small bowl, stir together the kewpie mayo and sriracha. Adjust the heat to taste.

Step 4: Assemble the bowls

  • Divide the rice among three bowls or meal-prep containers.
  • Top with salmon, cucumber, and shredded carrot.
  • Drizzle with spicy mayo and finish with Everything but the Bagel seasoning to taste.

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

Air Fryer Baby Potatoes

November 19, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Air Fryer Baby Potatoes blog recipe

Air fryer baby potatoes cook up fork tender in just 20 minutes. They're perfect for smashing, mashing, or slicing to serve alongside your favorite entrées all week long.

Air Fryer Baby Potatoes

If you've ever skipped potatoes because they feel "labor-intensive," this recipe will change your mind. The air fryer acts like a mini convection oven on your countertop, so you get crispy skins, creamy centers, and hands-off cooking-while your full-size oven stays free for other meal prep.

Baby potatoes are especially fun (and fast) because their small size helps them cook evenly. Make a batch on Sunday and you'll have a versatile, budget-friendly side ready for breakfasts, lunches, and dinners.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Summarize this Recipe and Get Macros
  • Air Fryer Baby Potatoes Ingredients
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts (per serving)
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
    • MORE AIR FRYER AND POTATO RECIPES!
  • Final thoughts

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Quick and consistent: tender inside, crisp outside in about 20 minutes.
  • Minimal ingredients: just potatoes, olive oil, salt, and pepper.
  • Meal-prep friendly: keeps well and reheats beautifully all week.
  • Versatile base: season a dozen ways and pair with almost any protein or veg.
  • Budget win: simple pantry staples turn into a restaurant-worthy side.

Summarize this Recipe and Get Macros

ChatGPT
Google AI
Perplexity
Grok
Air Fryer Baby Potatoes

Air Fryer Baby Potatoes Ingredients

  • 24 oz. baby Dutch Yellow potatoes  
  • 1 tablespoon olive  
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt  
  • ⅛ teaspoon black pepper  
Air Fryer Baby Potatoes

How to make

Step 1: Prep
Preheat the air fryer to 350°F. Rinse and dry the potatoes well. Add them to a medium bowl, drizzle with olive oil, and use your hands to rub the oil over the skins so they're evenly coated. Sprinkle with sea salt and black pepper.

Step 2: Cook
Place the potatoes in the air fryer basket in a single layer. Air fry at 350°F for 20 minutes, shaking the basket halfway through for even browning.

Step 3: Rest & serve
Let potatoes cool for 2-3 minutes. Serve whole, smash lightly with a fork, or slice and season to taste.

How to store

  • Fridge: Cool completely, then store in an airtight container for up to 5 days.
  • Freezer: For best texture, freezing whole roasted potatoes isn't ideal, but you can freeze smashed potatoes on a sheet pan, then transfer to a bag for up to 2 months. Reheat from frozen in the air fryer.

How to reheat

  • Air fryer: 350°F for 4-6 minutes, shaking once, until hot and crisp.
  • Oven: 400°F for 8-12 minutes on a sheet pan.
  • Stovetop: Halve or slice and pan-fry in a little oil over medium heat until warmed and golden.
  • Microwave: 45-90 seconds; quick but softens the skins-finish in a hot skillet for crispness.

Nutrition facts (per serving)

Calories: 134 | Protein: 3g | Carbohydrates: 30g | Fat: 0.5g
Fiber: 4g | Sodium: 332mg | Potassium: 718mg | Vitamin C: 34mg | Iron: 1mg

(Nutrition based on ¼ of the recipe; 4 servings total.)

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • No air fryer? Roast on a sheet pan at 425°F for 25-30 minutes, shaking once, until golden and tender.
  • Get them extra crispy: Make sure potatoes are fully dry before oiling, and don't overcrowd the basket. Cook in batches if needed.
  • Check doneness: Pierce with a fork; it should slide in easily. Larger potatoes may need 2-4 extra minutes.
  • Seasoning ideas: Garlic powder, smoked paprika, chili powder, Italian seasoning, za'atar, Old Bay, lemon pepper, or a sprinkle of fresh rosemary or thyme after cooking.
  • Finishers: Toss hot potatoes with minced parsley and lemon zest, drizzle with pesto, or dust with grated Parmesan.
Air Fryer Baby Potatoes

FAQs

Do I need to parboil the potatoes first?

Nope. Baby potatoes cook through quickly in the air fryer, so parboiling isn't necessary.

Can I use other small potatoes?

Yes... baby reds, fingerlings, or mixed mini potatoes work great. Try to keep sizes similar for even cooking.

How do I make smashed potatoes?

After air frying, gently press each potato with the bottom of a glass to "smash," brush with a touch more oil, and air fry 3-5 more minutes until the edges are crispy.

MORE AIR FRYER AND POTATO RECIPES!

  • Air Fryer Ranch Carrot Fries
  • Air Fryer Crispy Chicken
  • Air Fried Parmesan Broccoli
  • Easy Steak and Potato Bites

Final thoughts

Simple, reliable, and endlessly adaptable-these air fryer baby potatoes are exactly the kind of side that makes meal prep feel easy. Batch them on the weekend and you'll have a head start on breakfasts, lunches, and dinners all week.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Air Fryer Baby Potatoes

Air Fried Baby Potatoes

These baby potatoes become fork tender in just 20 minutes in the air fryer! They're perfect for smashing, mashing, and slicing to serve alongside your favorite entrees all week long.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 20 minutes minutes
Total Time: 25 minutes minutes
Course: Side Dish
Cuisine: American
Keyword: gluten free, meal prep, side dish, lunch, dinner, gluten free,, paleo, vegan, vegetarian, whole30
Servings: 4 servings
Calories: 134kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Equipment

  • Air Fryer

Ingredients

  • 24 oz. baby potatoes
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt or to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper or to taste
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer to 350ºF degrees.
  • Rinse and dry potatoes and add to a medium mixing bowl. Drizzle with olive oil and using your hands, rub the olive oil into the skins as evenly as possible. Sprinkle with sea salt and pepper.
  • Add potatoes to the basket of the air fryer. Fry at 350ºF for 20 minutes, shaking the basket after 10 minutes for even frying. Cool potatoes for 2 to 3 minutes before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 134kcal | Carbohydrates: 30g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 0.5g | Saturated Fat: 0.1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Sodium: 332mg | Potassium: 718mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 12IU | Vitamin C: 34mg | Calcium: 22mg | Iron: 1mg
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Air Fryer Baby Potatoes

The Perfect Air Fryer Turkey Breast

November 16, 2025 by Nick Quintero 2 Comments

The Perfect Air Fryer Turkey Breast (2)

Who's ready for Thanksgiving all year long? We are. This air fryer turkey breast gives you juicy, tender meat with crisp, golden skin, without babysitting the oven or dealing with a vat of oil.

It's everything you love about the holiday table, made weeknight-easy for meal prep. The butter-and-herb rub locks in moisture and brings that cozy, Thanksgiving aroma to your kitchen. Serve it with simple sides and gravy, or slice it for salads, sandwiches, and bowls. For more ideas, browse our High Protein Recipes and Air Fryer Recipes categories.

Air Fryer Turkey Breast
Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Air Fryer Turkey Breast Ingredients: 
  • How to make
    • Step 1: Prep
    • Step 2: Season
    • Step 3: Air fry
    • Step 4: Rest & slice
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts (per serving, ⅛ recipe)
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • How to portion this meal prep recipe:
  • Other tips for making Air Fryer Turkey:
  • More Air Fryer meal prep recipes:
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Big Thanksgiving flavor in a small, weeknight-friendly package
  • Faster and cleaner than oven roasting or deep-frying
  • Meal-prep ready: slices reheat beautifully and stay juicy
  • Flexible seasoning... swap in your favorite herbs and spices
  • Protein-packed centerpiece that works with any side
Air Fryer Turkey Breast

Air Fryer Turkey Breast Ingredients: 

  • 5 lb. turkey breast, thawed
  • 2 tablespoon unsalted butter, softened
  • 1 teaspoon fresh chopped rosemary
  • ½ teaspoon dried thyme
  • ¼ teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon sea salt
  • ⅛ teaspoon black pepper
Air Fryer Turkey Breast

How to make

Step 1: Prep

Preheat a 5-quart (or larger) air fryer to 350°F. Pat the turkey breast very dry with paper towels. In a small bowl, mash together the butter, rosemary, thyme, garlic powder, salt, and pepper.

Step 2: Season

Gently loosen the skin over the breast. Rub half of the herb butter under the skin. Spread the remaining butter all over the top and sides.

Air Fryer Turkey Breast

Step 3: Air fry

Place the turkey breast skin-side up in the air fryer basket. Cook for 20 minutes. Carefully flip and continue cooking 30-40 minutes more, or until the thickest part reaches 165°F.

Step 4: Rest & slice

Transfer the turkey to a cutting board and rest 15 minutes to lock in juices. Carve and serve, or cool for meal prep.

Note: Macros are based on 8 servings and include skin.

How to store

  • Fridge: Cool completely, then slice, debone, and portion into airtight, shallow containers within 2 hours. Refrigerate up to 4 days.
  • Freezer: Slice into pieces no thicker than 2 inches. Wrap tightly (foil or freezer paper), then place in a freezer-safe bag. Freeze up to 2 months. Label with date and portions.

How to reheat

  • Oven: Place slices in a small baking dish with a splash of broth. Cover with foil and heat at 300-325°F for 10-15 minutes, until warmed through. Uncover for the last 3-5 minutes to re-crisp skin.
  • Microwave: Arrange slices in a single layer with a teaspoon of broth, cover loosely, and heat 45-60 seconds per serving. Let stand 1 minute; avoid overheating to prevent dryness.
  • Air fryer (skin-on pieces): 300°F for 3-5 minutes to warm and re-crisp.
Air Fryer Turkey Breast

Nutrition facts (per serving, ⅛ recipe)

  • Calories: 350
  • Protein: 55 g
  • Carbs: 0 g
  • Fat: 12.8 g
  • Fiber: 0 g

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • Use a thermometer: Don't guess-pull at 165°F for perfect, juicy meat.
  • Herb swaps: Sage, parsley, or oregano all work. Add a pinch of cayenne for gentle heat.
  • Bacon boost: Mix crisp bacon bits into the butter and tuck under the skin for smoky richness.
  • Citrus finish: Grate lemon or orange zest over the sliced turkey after cooking for brightness.
  • Make-ahead: Season and butter the breast up to 24 hours in advance. Cover and refrigerate; air fry straight from the fridge (add 5-10 extra minutes, checking temp).

How to portion this meal prep recipe:

Cut the turkey into 2-inch thick slices. For optimal reheating, don't make the pieces more than 2 inches thick. Eat some now and save the rest, meal prep, or freeze. Typically, you serve one pound of turkey per person. If you follow that rule, this meal prep recipe will give you five meals since you're using a 5-pound turkey breast. 

Other tips for making Air Fryer Turkey:

  • Do not reheat cooked meat multiple times. Debone, cut into slices, portion, and store in the refrigerator or freezer for single portion use later. 
  • Use different herbs for the rub. Use sage, parsley, or oregano. We'd love some cayenne pepper! You can also use a citrus zest, but do that after Air Fryer Turkey Breast is cooked.
  • Pair your Air Fryer Turkey Breast meal with cranberries, figs, sweet potatoes, corn, green beans, almonds, or walnuts. Just like Thanksgiving! 
  • Add bacon bits to the butter and herb mix! Stuff them under the skin for a smoky, rich flavor. 
  • You can prep the turkey breast the night before frying for more intense, lasting flavors. Use half of the butter rub underneath the skin. Use the rest on top before frying the evening of. 

More Air Fryer meal prep recipes:

Isn't air frying awesome? Here are some more air fryer meal prep recipes. We also threw in some turkey recipes to give you ideas on what to do with your air fried turkey breast. Enjoy! 

  • Air Fryer Popcorn Chicken
  • Air Fryer Molasses Dijon Ham with Roasted Vegetables
  • Asian Air Fryer Salmon
  • Air Fryer Egg Rolls
  • Air Fryer Garlic Parmesan Chicken Wings
  • Bonus: 25 Air Fryer Recipes That Will Change The Way You Meal Prep
  • Turkey Bacon Ranch Pinwheel Snack Boxes
  • Greek Rice & Turkey Meal Prep Bowls
Air Fryer Turkey Breast

FAQs

How big should my air fryer be?

A 5-quart basket fits most 5-lb turkey breasts. If yours is smaller, cook half at a time or use a split breast.

Why did my turkey turn out dry?

It likely overcooked. Use an instant-read thermometer and pull at 165°F. Rest 15 minutes before slicing, and add a little broth when reheating.

Can I use boneless turkey breast?

Yes. Time may be slightly shorter; start checking internal temp 10 minutes earlier and cook to 165°F.

Final thoughts

This air fryer turkey breast brings holiday comfort to any week-fast, flavorful, and perfect for meal prep. Slice it for lunches, build a mini "Thanksgiving plate," or tuck it into cozy grain bowls.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Air Fryer Turkey Breast

Air Fryer Turkey Breast

Enjoy all the flavor of Thanksgiving turkey in a fraction of the time with this air fried turkey breast! Skin is coated in a buttery herb mixture before being air fried to crispy perfection!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 1 hour hour
Total Time: 1 hour hour 10 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: American
Keyword: air fryer, keto, low carb, Meal Prep, turkey breast
Servings: 4 people
Calories: 350kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Equipment

  • Air Fryer

Ingredients

  • 5 lb. turkey breast thawed (bone-in)
  • 2 tablespoon unsalted butter softened
  • 1 teaspoon fresh chopped rosemary
  • ½ teaspoon dried thyme
  • ¼ teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon sea salt
  • ⅛ teaspoon black pepper
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat a 5-quart air fryer at 350ºF. Stir together herb butter in a small bowl. Blot turkey breast dry with paper towel and rub half of the herb butter under skin. Rub remaining butter over the top of turkey breast. Place turkey in air fryer skin side up and fry for 20 minutes.
  • Gently flip turkey and continue to fry for 30 to 40 minutes longer or until internal temperature reaches 165ºF. Transfer turkey to a cutting board and rest for 15 minutes before carving.

Notes

Macros are based on 8 servings (including skin)

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 350kcal | Protein: 55g | Fat: 12.8g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash Meal Prep Idea

November 15, 2025 by Meal Prep Mondays Leave a Comment

Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap (1)

If you've got ham, you can make this Thanksgiving leftover breakfast hash the day after.

Thanksgiving leftovers breakfast hash is a warm and hearty breakfast. You just need ham for this delicious recipe; no need to eat ham sandwiches for days. (Unless, of course, you want to.) Add in some sweet potatoes and stuffing, and an egg? It's just so good.

Leftover-Breakfast-Hash-plated-1536x2048-1
Table of Contents
  • Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash Ingredients:
  • How to Make Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash
  • Tips for Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash
  • How to Store and Reheat Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash

Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash Ingredients:

  • Sweet potatoes
  • Ham
  • Stuffing
  • Eggs
Leftover Breakfast Hash 777x431

How to Make Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash

Oh, this could not be simpler. Are you ready?

Take your turkey, leftover sweet potatoes, and stuffing. Put them together in a small casserole dish or a loaf pan. Try to get them to layer in the dish. Play with the order a bit. We have made this two different ways. First, layer with sweet potatoes on the bottom. But the second time, we put the stuffing on the bottom. Either way, it's good. But the stuffing gives it a little bit more of a firm base. However, it's a casserole; it's going to be a little wobbly on the serving spoon.

Admittedly, the egg is a bit of a wild card here. Once you have layered the casserole ingredients, crack one egg after another over the top of the casserole. But in different locations. The whites will sink into the casserole a bit. And the egg yolk will cook slowly.

Tips for Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash

If you want a gooier egg, leave off the egg. Cook the casserole for ten minutes. Then, remove it from the oven and crack the eggs over the top, strategically. Finally, return it to the oven and bake for 10 to 15 minutes.

Make this casserole as big or as small as you need to. For example, it would work baked single-serving style, in a ramekin.

Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash

How to Store and Reheat Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash

Leftovers should be cooled down as quickly as possible. Pack them into several shallow Foodsaver® meal prep containers rather than one large one, and make sure you don't stack the containers in the refrigerator (this can trap the heat).  To help extend the life of these leftovers, use the Foodsaver® Handheld Vacuum or larger unit with handheld to get all the air out of the containers.

It's possible to freeze this combination, but we suggest leaving off the eggs if you think you want to just freeze this right off the bat. First, defrost the casserole either in the microwave or overnight in the refrigerator. Then add the eggs, right over the top, before baking. One at a time, crack them over the top.

Reheating this dish is quick and easy. Just bake it, covered, at 350 degrees. The egg might get tough, since it was already cooked. But you can always solve that problem. Crack a new one over the top!

Not only does the egg add moisture and flavor, but protein, too. Bonus!

Read More: Need inspiration? Try these Healthy Recipes to Make With Your Thanksgiving Leftovers

Thanksgiving Leftover Breakfast Hash

Thanksgiving leftovers breakfast hash is a warm and hearty breakfast that uses leftover Thanksgiving ham, sweet potatoes and stuffing!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 30 minutes minutes
Total Time: 35 minutes minutes
Course: Breakfast
Cuisine: American
Keyword: ham
Servings: 3 servings
Calories: 623kcal
Author: Meal Prep Mondays

Ingredients

  • 2 cups sweet potatoes
  • 2 cups ham diced
  • 2 cups stuffing
  • 4 eggs
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 degrees F.
  • Layer ingredients in a loaf pan or small casserole dish.
  • Bake at 350 for 20-25 minutes or until the eggs are cooked.
  • Let cool in the pan, and then portion into 3 meal prep containers.

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 623kcal | Carbohydrates: 47g | Protein: 33g | Fat: 33g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 15g | Trans Fat: 0.02g | Cholesterol: 276mg | Sodium: 1879mg | Potassium: 745mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 13313IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 109mg | Iron: 4mg
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

Thank you to Foodsaver® for sponsoring this recipe, and thank YOU for supporting the brands that help make Meal Prep Mondays possible. All opinions are my own. #FoodSaverAmbassador

Leftover-Breakfast-Hash-Meal-Prep-Pin

Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap

November 14, 2025 by Meal Prep Mondays Leave a Comment

Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap

For yet another way to use up turkey leftovers after a big holiday or if you just buy a lot of turkey deli meat, this cranberry turkey lettuce wrap will hit the spot!

I recently saw a recipe that used lettuce and butcher paper to create a sandwich burrito and knew I had to try it with my favorite fall sandwich recipe! Admittedly, that was the inspiration behind this particular recipe, but once I got going, I knew this was a keeper.

Table of Contents
  • How to Make Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wraps
  • Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap Ingredients
  • Are Cranberries Good For You?
  • Other Cranberry Recipes
  • Substitutions and Alterations
  • Tips for Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wraps
Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap

How to Make Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wraps

A recipe like this is fun to make with lettuce as the wrap. You'll need a head of lettuce whose leaves are large enough to work here. Try something like iceberg, romaine, or even bibb lettuce. They all tend to be big enough to use as wrap substitutes. You get extra nutrition from the veggie-and it also keeps this sandwich gluten-free and potentially low-carb, depending on how much cranberry sauce you slap on!

All the ingredients get layered carefully. Cranberry sauce, bacon, avocado and pears, create a refreshing sandwich that you can easily make if you're working from home, or prep ahead of time and take with you. Either way, this will turn out great and give you all the warm, fall flavors that you can't resist. So delicious!

Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap Ingredients

  • 1 head of lettuce
  • 6 to 8 ounces shredded turkey (or chicken)
  • 2 slices Provolone cheese
  • ½ can cranberry sauce
  • ½ cup spinach
  • 3 slices bacon
  • 1 avocado
  • 1 pear
  • Salt and pepper, to taste

Are Cranberries Good For You?

Cranberries often go hand in hand with turkey because let's face it, turkey could use some jazzing up. It's loaded with protein but it tends to be a little bland. But cranberries are loaded with antioxidants and have been studied for their antiviral and antibacterial purposes, too. (Perhaps you've sipped cranberry juice straight to fight a UTI-or taken capsules with cranberry powder in them?)

On their own, cranberries are incredibly tart, which is why they're often cooked down in a little sugar to make fresh cranberry sauce, or sugar is added to the canned kind you often buy for holidays.

Other Cranberry Recipes

If you love cranberries, you might want to try our Cranberry BBQ vegan meatballs. They're delicious even if you're not exclusively following a plant-based diet.

Of course, making these is a stellar way to use up Thanksgiving or holiday leftovers when there's just more turkey than you know what to do with!

Substitutions and Alterations

Chicken would be a fine substitute for this recipe instead of turkey. Also, thinly sliced apples taste great with turkey and chicken if your pear is not ready for prime time; i.e., it's just not ripe yet!

Tips for Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wraps

  • In addition to the tip above about using butcher paper (parchment or foil works well, too) to keep these wraps together a la a burrito, you can use toothpicks too, to hold them together. Toothpicks are helpful if you want to slice this cranberry turkey lettuce wrap into smaller pieces.
  • Toothpicks work well if you don't have parchment or butcher paper, or don't want to use foil. Once you've rolled up the wrap, place toothpicks down the length of the wrap. You'll only need a few. That can help the wrap stay together. Put it in the fridge, and then before serving, slice it if desired.
  • This wrap is best as soon as it's made or shortly thereafter, and that's because of the lettuce. It tends to get a little soggy if it sits too long in the refrigerator.

READ MORE: Can't get enough wrap action? Try this Cranberry Turkey Pinwheel wrap!

Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap 1000x1200

Cranberry Turkey Lettuce Wrap

This easy turkey sandwich wrap is perfect for busy days. It's full of protein and fiber.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 5 minutes minutes
Total Time: 10 minutes minutes
Course: Snack
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Cranberry
Servings: 4 servings
Calories: 218kcal
Author: Meal Prep Mondays

Ingredients

  • lettuce head
  • 6-8 oz shredded turkey or chicken
  • 2 slices provolone cheese
  • ½ can cranberry sauce
  • ½ cup spinach
  • 3 pieces bacon
  • 1 Avocado
  • 1 Pear
  • Salt
  • Pepper
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Pull apart the lettuce and stack leaves together to create an "open burrito."
  • Then smear in your cranberry sauce, and add in the turkey (or chicken), spinach, avocado slices, pear, bacon, and cheese. Sprinkle with salt and pepper.
  • Wrap it tightly in butcher paper and cut it down the center.
  • Enjoy immediately, or you can put in a container and enjoy as a refreshing lunch later on!

Video

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 218kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 14g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 39mg | Sodium: 109mg | Potassium: 427mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 537IU | Vitamin C: 8mg | Calcium: 91mg | Iron: 1mg
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

23 Best Vegetarian Holiday Meal Prep Recipes

November 13, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Leftover Turkey Meal Prep Recipes

When it's time for the holidays and you're feeding plant-based folks, you need the best vegetarian holiday meal prep recipes!

We have pulled together our list of the best vegetarian dishes for you and your family to enjoy. We have main dishes and sides, so anyone can take advantage of these ideas. But keep in mind, this is not your brother's list of salads, nor an endless array of pasta recipes.

Because let's face it: we all know that's NOT what all vegetarians eat. Furthermore, this list is for anyone who enjoys good food, and who just so happens to be vegetarian. Or maybe even just the veggie-curious. These selections run the gamut from soups and sides to curries, plant-based mains, and clever appetizers.

Without further ado, the best vegetarian holiday meal prep!

23 Best Leftover Turkey Meal Prep Recipes
Table of Contents
  • Vegetarian Holiday Recipe Ideas
    • General Tso's Cauliflower Bowls
    • Beet & Ricotta Gnocchi
    • Turmeric-Roasted Beets & Pepper Romesco
    • Creamy Butternut Squash and Chickpea Soup
    • Crockpot Golden Lentil Soup
    • Indonesian Grain Bowl
    • Feta and Spinach Tartlets
    • Fried Green Beans
    • Cider-Glazed Brussels Sprouts
    • Cauliflower & Goat Cheese Soufflés
    • Eggplant Parmesan Meatballs
    • Asparagus and Potato Galette
    • Mini Hasselback Potatoes
    • Vegetarian Sweet Potato and Chipotle Chili
    • Air-Fried Chickpeas
    • Tofu Steaks & Charred Shishito Salsa
    • Roasted Butternut Squash & Cider Vinaigrette
    • Sweet Potato Curry
    • Vegetarian Chorizo and Quinoa Stuffed Peppers
    • Vegetarian Shepherd's Pie
    • Sweet Potato Pizza
    • Roasted Mediterranean Cauliflower Gnocchi & Veggies
    • Stuffed Roasted Poblano Peppers With Cashew-Chipotle Sauce
  • FAQs

Vegetarian Holiday Recipe Ideas

General Tso's Cauliflower Bowls

Take the concept of General Tso's Chicken. Then, apply it to cauliflower. And there you have it.

Beet & Ricotta Gnocchi

Gnocchi is a whole new world with beets.

Turmeric-Roasted Beets & Pepper Romesco

Imagine a dinner of the best vegetarian holiday meal preps, and include this one, beets with zippy romesco and turmeric.

Creamy Butternut Squash and Chickpea Soup

Chickpeas are nutty and loaded with protein, and when pureed, make a creamy soup without a bit of cream.

Crockpot Golden Lentil Soup

We love this soup because it's loaded with red lentils and warming wintry spices, perfect for the holidays.

Indonesian Grain Bowl

This sweet and savory bowl is made with tempeh and veggies. A great vegetarian meal prep.

Feta and Spinach Tartlets

Don't these just look like the cutest appetizers? Right!

Fried Green Beans

This is definitely one of the best vegetarian holiday meal preps we've encountered, just on its unique factor alone!

Cider-Glazed Brussels Sprouts

Can't get enough of Brussels sprouts? Us either. Double the batch. Thank us later!

Cauliflower & Goat Cheese Soufflés

A souffle makes a great vegetarian holiday meal prep recipe. So delicious and puffy and savory!

Eggplant Parmesan Meatballs

Just because you've gone veggie doesn't mean you gotta say goodbye to meatballs.

Asparagus and Potato Galette

A galette is like a freeform open-faced tart-kind of like a savory pizza.

Mini Hasselback Potatoes

The trick with these cuties? First, cut the little slits in them. Then, roast and season.

Vegetarian Sweet Potato and Chipotle Chili

Vegetarian meal prep recipes need to include chili. But this one!

Air-Fried Chickpeas

First, serve these as a snack. Then, serve the Golden Lentil Soup.

Tofu Steaks & Charred Shishito Salsa

It seems like a misnomer. But it's not! Tofu as steak with a great peppery salsa! Yes!

Roasted Butternut Squash & Cider Vinaigrette

You know these ingredients are all made for each other, right?

Sweet Potato Curry

Can't ever have too many curry recipes, especially when it comes to vegetarian holiday meal prep. Feels like a warm hug.

Vegetarian Chorizo and Quinoa Stuffed Peppers

Sweet, spicy, and peppery all at once. Make the filling. Then stuff and bake the peppers. So good.

Vegetarian Shepherd's Pie

Shepherd's pie is easy to make vegetarian. So much of it is already veggies!

Sweet Potato Pizza

Pizza is clutch winner for best vegetarian holiday meal prep. Right?

Roasted Mediterranean Cauliflower Gnocchi & Veggies

We love roasted veggies. But cauliflower gnocchi puts it over the top!

Stuffed Roasted Poblano Peppers With Cashew-Chipotle Sauce

Vegetarians at holiday prep time need this delicious recipe. Make it. Then, share it.

FAQs

What can I serve as a main dish instead of turkey?

Stuffed squash, mushroom wellington, lentil loaf, or a hearty veggie pot pie all feel "centerpiece-worthy" and slice nicely for serving.

How do I make vegetarian gravy that still tastes rich?

Brown mushrooms and onions well, deglaze with veggie broth, add soy sauce or miso for umami, and finish with a cornstarch slurry or roux.

Can I prep most of the meal ahead of time?

Yes. Roast vegetables, bake casseroles, and make gravy up to 2 days ahead. Assemble salads and dress right before serving. Reheat sides covered at 325°F.

How do I build enough protein into a vegetarian menu?

Lean on lentils, beans, tofu/tempeh, seitan, quinoa, nuts, and dairy or eggs if you include them. Aim for a protein-rich main plus at least one protein-forward side.

What are good make-ahead vegetarian mains?

Mushroom wellington, lasagna/roll-ups, lentil loaf, and stuffed squash. Bake fully, cool, cover, and refrigerate; reheat covered at 325°F until hot.

How do I accommodate both vegetarian and non-vegetarian guests?

Keep sides vegetarian and offer one plant-based main. If serving meat separately, cook and serve it in its own area to avoid cross-contact.

Slow Cooker Taco Meatballs

November 11, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Taco Meatballs

Tacos are an all-time favorite, but there are only so many you can wrap in a shell before craving something new. Enter taco meatballs, bite-sized, saucy, and perfect for snacking or a fast weeknight dinner. They pack classic taco flavor into juicy chicken meatballs, then simmer low and slow in your favorite salsa.

Taco Meatballs
Table of Contents
  • Taco Meatballs Ingredients:
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts (per serving)
  • How to portion Taco Meatballs?
  • More meatballs meal prep recipes:
  • Other tips for making Taco Meatballs:
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

These are made for meal prep. The meatballs chill briefly to hold their shape, then finish in the slow cooker while you go about your day. Serve with crunchy gluten-free chips and extra salsa for that "taco shell" crunch without the fuss. If you're building out your weekly menu, peek at our high protein recipes for more easy wins.

Low in calories and big on protein, they use lean ground chicken and a gluten-free Almond + Flax Paleo Powder for instant taco seasoning. Omit the cheddar for a dairy-free option. You'll love how simple and satisfying these are.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Big taco flavor in a bite-sized, dippable format
  • Minimal prep and hands-off slow-cooker finish
  • High protein with simple, gluten-free ingredients
  • Easy to customize: mild or spicy, dairy or dairy-free
  • Meal-prep friendly for snacks, lunches, or dinner bowls
Taco Meatballs

Taco Meatballs Ingredients:

  • 1 lb. lean ground chicken  
  • 1 large egg  
  • ½ cup Almond + Flax Paleo Powder  (you can swap for regular breadcrumbs)
  • ½ cup shredded reduced-fat sharp cheddar cheese  
  • 2 tablespoon hatched green chiles 
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin  
  • 1 ½ cups salsa  

For Serving 

  • 2 oz. Gluten-free tortilla chips (we used Siete brand)  
  • ½ cup salsa  
Taco Meatballs

How to make

Step 1: Prep the mixture
In a medium bowl, combine ground chicken, egg, Almond + Flax Paleo Powder, shredded cheddar, hatched green chiles, and cumin. Mix gently with clean hands until just combined-don't overmix or the meatballs can turn dense.

Step 2: Roll and chill
Line a small baking sheet with parchment. Roll the mixture into 12 even meatballs and place on the sheet. Freeze for 1 hour to firm them up; this helps them keep their shape in the slow cooker.

Step 3: Slow cook
Pour 1 ½ cups salsa into the bottom of your slow cooker. Nestle the chilled meatballs into the salsa in a single layer. Cover and cook on High for 2 hours or Low for 4 hours, until cooked through (internal temperature 165°F).

Step 4: Serve or meal prep
Spoon any remaining salsa from the slow cooker over the meatballs. For snack boxes, divide tortilla chips into the large compartments of 4 MPOF containers with a small cup of salsa. Add 3 meatballs to each 1-cup compartment and top with a little extra salsa.

Taco Meatballs

How to store

  • Fridge: Store cooked meatballs (with salsa) in airtight containers for up to 4 days. Keep chips and salsa in separate compartments or containers to maintain crunch.
  • Freezer: Freeze meatballs (without chips) in labeled, airtight containers or freezer bags for up to 3 months. For best texture, freeze in a single layer first, then transfer to a bag.

How to reheat

  • Microwave: Place meatballs with salsa in a microwave-safe dish, cover loosely, and heat 60-90 seconds, stirring once, until hot. Add fresh chips after heating.
  • Oven: Place meatballs and salsa in an oven-safe dish, cover with foil, and bake at 350°F for 12-15 minutes until warmed through. Serve with chips and extra salsa.

Nutrition facts (per serving)

  • Calories: 440
  • Protein: 28 g
  • Carbohydrates: 13 g
  • Fat: 23 g
  • Fiber: 3 g

(Per serving = 3 meatballs + portion of chips and salsa as packed above.)

Taco Meatballs

How to portion Taco Meatballs?

Grab four dual-compartment meal prep containers and add chips, salsa, and meatballs. We recommend placing the meatballs in the smaller compartment and the chips & salsa in the larger compartment. 

More meatballs meal prep recipes:

  • One Pan Asian Turkey Meatballs
  • Greek Meatballs
  • Honey Garlic Mushroom Meatballs
  • Molasses Bourbon BBQ Glazed Chicken Meatballs
  • One Skillet Spaghetti Squash & Meatballs
  • Mozzarella Stuffed Meatballs
  • Eggplant Meatballs and Zoodle Meal Prep
  • Cranberry BBQ Vegan Meatballs
  • Cheesy Keto Chicken Meatballs
  • Keto Bacon Sausage Meatballs
  • Carrot Meatballs With Mint Cauliflower Rice
  • 20 Minute Paleo Thai Almond Butter Turkey Meatballs
  • 20 Minute Meatballs

We also have The Ultimate Guide To Meatballs Recipes to ensure the best meatballs every time!

Taco Meatballs

Other tips for making Taco Meatballs:

  • Remix this Keto meal prep recipe by experimenting with different types of meatballs. Use any protein you want. From ground chicken to beans!
  • Play with different seasonings and cheeses for an authentic taco taste. Try cayenne pepper, garlic powder, onion powder, and cumin, for example. 
  • Use a flax egg and vegan cheese (or no cheese) to make this recipe vegan. 
  • Freeze the meatballs for an hour before cooking them in the crockpot. 
  • If you don't have a crockpot, you can bake your taco meatballs in a casserole dish.

FAQs

How long do taco meatballs last?

Up to 4 days in the fridge when stored in airtight containers. Keep chips separate to preserve crunch.

Can I freeze taco meatballs?

Yes. Freeze cooked meatballs (salsa optional) for up to 3 months. Thaw overnight in the fridge and reheat as directed.

What salsa works best?

Use a thick, restaurant-style salsa so it clings to the meatballs. If your salsa is very thin, add 1-2 tablespoon tomato paste to the slow cooker for body.

Final thoughts

These taco meatballs are the kind of meal prep that makes busy weeks easier-protein-packed, versatile, and full of zesty flavor. Prep a batch on Sunday and you've got snacks, lunchbox mains, or a quick dinner ready to go.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long. Also browse our keto meal prep ideas for more low-carb inspo.

Taco Meatballs

Taco Meatballs

Taco Meatballs

These low-calorie meatballs are a high-protein way to get your taco fix! They're made with lean ground chicken and a gluten-free coating with built-in taco flavor for easy prep! Omit the cheddar cheese for dairy-free.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 20 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 2 hours hours
1 hour hour
Total Time: 3 hours hours 20 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: Italian, Mexican
Diet: Gluten Free
Keyword: dairy free, dinner, gluten free, ground turkey, high protein, lunch, Meal Prep, Meatballs, paleo
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 440kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 1 lb. lean ground chicken
  • 1 large egg
  • ½ cup Almond + Flax Breading
  • ½ cup shredded reduced fat sharp cheddar cheese
  • 2 tablespoon hatched green chiles
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 ½ cups salsa

For Serving

  • 2 oz. Gluten-free tortilla chips Siete brand
  • ½ cup salsa
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Line a small baking sheet with parchment paper and set aside. Combine ground chicken, Almond + Flax Paleo Powder, egg, shredded cheddar cheese, hatched green chiles, and cumin in a medium mixing bowl and thoroughly mix to combine using hands.
  • Roll mixture into 12 balls and place on a baking sheet. Transfer to freezer for 1 hour to firm meatballs.
  • Pour salsa in the bottom of the crockpot and place meatballs in salsa. Cover and cook on high for 2 hours or on low for 4 hours.
  • Divide tortilla chips between the large compartments of 4 teal MPOF containers and add 1 small cup of salsa. Place 3 meatballs in each of the 1 cup compartments and top with any remaining salsa from the crockpot.

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 440kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 28g | Fat: 23g | Fiber: 3g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

How to Make Candied Pecans for a Holiday Snack

November 9, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Candied Pecans

If you're craving something sweet, crunchy, and cozy-spiced, these candied pecans are it. They're tossed with cinnamon and vanilla, then baked with a low-glycemic monk fruit-erythritol blend that tastes just like sugar without the spike. I love packing them with protein-rich yogurt for a snack that actually satisfies.

Candied Pecans

'Tis the busy season, which means I'm leaning hard into easy recipes that double as gifts. A small batch takes minutes, but you can scale it up for holiday jars, hostess gifts, and quick meal prep. If you're new to MPOF, this also fits right in with our simple high protein recipes and make-ahead snacks.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Candied Pecans Ingredients: 
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts (per serving)
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Scales beautifully for edible gifting (or stocking your snack stash)
  • Sweet, crunchy, cinnamon-vanilla flavor with a pinch of salt for balance
  • Low glycemic and keto-friendly thanks to a monk fruit-erythritol 1:1 sweetener
  • Five ingredients, one bowl, and about 15 minutes in the oven
  • Perfect for meal prep snacking, yogurt bowls, salads, and even savory mains
Candied Pecans

Candied Pecans Ingredients: 

  • 1 ½ cups raw pecan halves
  • 2 tablespoon egg whites
  • 1 ½ tablespoon Now Real Food® Organic 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener 
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract 
  • ¼ teaspoon cinnamon 
  • Pinch salt, optional 

For Serving

  • 2 cups nonfat Greek yogurt (or dairy-free, if vegan)
Candied Pecans

How to make

Step 1: Prep
Preheat the oven to 325ºF. Line a small rimmed baking sheet with parchment for easy cleanup.

Step 2: Mix
In a medium bowl, whisk together the egg whites, monk fruit sweetener, vanilla, and cinnamon until slightly frothy. Stir in the pecans until every nook is coated.

Step 3: Bake
Spread the pecans in a single layer on the prepared sheet. Bake for 12-13 minutes, until fragrant and lightly toasted.

Step 4: Cool & portion
Cool on the pan for 15 minutes to let the coating set and crisp. Divide the pecans among 4 snack containers. Fill the matching containers with yogurt, if using.

How to store

  • Candied pecans: Cool completely, then store in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 1 week, or in the fridge for up to 3 weeks. For longer storage, freeze up to 2 months; thaw uncovered at room temp to keep them crisp.
  • Yogurt: Store separately in the fridge for up to 4 days. Add pecans right before eating to preserve crunch.

How to reheat

  • To re-crisp pecans (if they soften):
    Oven or toaster oven at 300ºF for 5-7 minutes on a dry sheet pan, then cool fully.
  • Microwave: Not recommended for pecans (they soften); great for loosening cold yogurt if needed-5-10 seconds tops.
Candied Pecans

Nutrition facts (per serving)

  • Calories: 230
  • Protein: 14g
  • Carbohydrates: 8g
  • Fat: 16g
  • Fiber: 2g

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • Vegan swap: Replace egg whites with 2 tablespoon aquafaba (the liquid from a can of chickpeas) or a store-bought liquid egg replacer; whip lightly before mixing for best adhesion.
  • Nut options: Pecans are classic, but walnuts, almonds, or cashews work. Bake times may vary by a minute or two-watch for toasty aroma.
  • Flavor twists: Add a pinch of nutmeg, pumpkin pie spice, or cardamom. For spicy-sweet, add ⅛ teaspoon cayenne.
  • Salty-sweet finish: Sprinkle flaky sea salt over the warm nuts right after baking.
  • Gifting shortcut: Double or triple the recipe. Once cool, pack into small mason jars, add ribbon and a tag-done!
Candied Pecans

FAQs

Can I make these without sweetener?

You need a granulated sweetener for the classic candied texture. A 1:1 monk fruit-erythritol blend keeps it keto and low glycemic while baking and crisping like sugar.

Why did my pecans turn out chewy?

They likely needed more time to dry. Spread in a single layer, bake until fragrant, and let them cool fully on the pan. If still chewy, re-crisp in a 300ºF oven for 5 minutes and cool again.

Are these good for toppings beyond yogurt?

Yes! Sprinkle over oatmeal, chia pudding, roasted squash, or salads, or crush and use as a crispy coating for chicken or salmon. For more ideas, browse our snacks and sides.

Final thoughts

This is one of those small-but-mighty prep recipes that makes weekday snacks feel a little festive and a lot more satisfying. Whether you're gifting jars or stashing a batch for quick yogurt bowls, these candied pecans are a keeper. If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Candied Pecans
Candied Pecans

Candied Pecans

Step up your snack game with these candied pecans made with a combination of cinnamon, vanilla and a low glycemic combination of monk fruit and erythritol that is as sweet as sugar without spiking glucose. Served over protein-rich yogurt this snack will satisfy a sweet craving and curb hunger.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 13 minutes minutes
Total Time: 23 minutes minutes
Course: Dessert, Snack
Cuisine: American
Keyword: dessert, gluten free, low carb, snack, vegan, vegetarian
Servings: 4 snacks
Calories: 230kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups raw pecan halves
  • 2 tablespoon egg whites
  • 1 ½ tablespoon Now Real Food® Organic 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ¼ teaspoon cinnamon

For Serving

  • 2 cups nonfat Greek yogurt or dairy-free, if vegan
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 325ºF and line a small baking sheet with parchment paper. Whisk together eggs, monk fruit sweetener, vanilla, and cinnamon in a medium bowl. Add pecans and stir to coat.
  • Spread pecans evenly on a baking sheet and bake for 12-13 minutes. Cool on pan for 15 minutes.
  • Divide pecans between 4 snack containers. Add Greek yogurt to the remaining halves of snack containers.

Video

Notes

macros include Greek yogurt. 

Nutrition

Calories: 230kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 14g | Fat: 16g | Fiber: 2g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Candied Pecans

Vegan Lasagna Soup

November 7, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Lasagna Soup

If you love all the cozy, saucy comfort of lasagna but don't have time for layering and baking, this vegan lasagna soup is your new weeknight hero. It packs the same Italian-inspired flavors into a hearty one-pot soup that's ready in about 20 minutes.

Lasagna Soup

We're talking big flavor, big satisfaction, and big meal-prep payoff. Each serving clocks in at 646 calories with 32g of protein, so you'll stay full and energized without fuss. It's also Instant Pot-friendly and easy to portion for the week.

Craving more easy plant-based ideas? Browse our vegan recipes and high protein recipes for meal prep inspiration.

Table of Contents
  • Lasagna Soup Ingredients:
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts (per serving)
  • More Lasagna meal prep recipes:
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts

Why you'll love this recipe

  • All the lasagna vibes, zero layering or baking
  • 20 minutes from start to spoon with the Instant Pot
  • High protein and fiber to keep you satisfied
  • Naturally dairy-free and easy to make gluten-free
  • Perfect for make-ahead lunches and cozy dinners
Lasagna Soup

Lasagna Soup Ingredients:

For the soup

  • 1 tablespoon avocado or olive oil
  • ½ white onion, diced
  • 3 garlic cloves, minced
  • 1 pkg Beyond Meat plant-based ground (thawed if previously frozen)
  • 24 oz jar Italian herb tomato pasta sauce (tomato basil works, too)
  • 2 cups vegetable broth or stock
  • 1 cup water
  • ½ cup Banza chickpea fusilli (or preferred pasta)
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • Optional add-ins: red chili flakes, a handful of baby spinach, chopped fresh Italian parsley

For topping/serving

  • 1 pkg Kite Hill vegan ricotta
  • 4 tablespoon vegan Parmesan, grated (or nutritional yeast)
  • 2 sprigs fresh basil, leaves torn

Notes: To keep this recipe gluten-free, use gluten-free pasta and check labels on broth and sauce.

Lasagna Soup

How to make

Step 1: Prep
Dice the onion, mince the garlic, and gather all ingredients. If adding spinach or parsley, chop them now.

Step 2: Sauté
Set the Instant Pot to Sauté. When hot, add oil, onion, and garlic. Cook for about 2 minutes until fragrant. Add the plant-based grounds and cook 3-5 minutes, stirring occasionally, until browned in spots.

Step 3: Build the soup
Stir in the pasta sauce, vegetable broth, and water. Add the pasta and press to submerge. Season with black pepper (and chili flakes if using). Lock the lid, set the valve to Sealing, and cook on Manual/High Pressure for 3 minutes.

Step 4: Finish
Quick release the pressure. Stir in spinach, if using, until wilted. Taste and adjust seasoning.

Step 5: Serve
Ladle into bowls or meal prep containers. Dollop with vegan ricotta, sprinkle with vegan Parmesan (or nutritional yeast), and finish with torn basil.

Lasagna Soup

How to store

  • Fridge: Cool completely, then store in airtight containers for 3-5 days. Keep toppings (ricotta/Parmesan/basil) separate for best texture.
  • Freezer: Portion into freezer-safe containers and freeze for 2-3 months. Leave a little headspace for expansion.

How to reheat

  • Stovetop: Warm over medium heat, stirring occasionally, 5-7 minutes. Add a splash of water or broth if the pasta has absorbed liquid.
  • Microwave: Reheat in 60-90 second bursts, stirring between rounds, until hot.
  • Oven (for glass containers): 325°F, covered, 15-20 minutes until heated through. Add toppings after reheating.

Nutrition facts (per serving)

Calories: 646 | Protein: 32g | Carbohydrates: 24.8g | Fat: 47.5g | Fiber: 7.3g
Makes 4 servings.

More Lasagna meal prep recipes:

  • Love Lasagna but want a Low Carb Lasagna Meal Prep? MPOF has got you covered!
  • A similar but different experience is the delectable Beef Zucchini Enchilada Meal Prep
  • Cook up Arugula Pesto Pasta Meal Prep for pasta without the tomato base 

Our Lasagna Soup is a vegan meal prep idea. If you're up for more vegan specialties, jump into:

  • Vegan Shakshuka Meal Prep is great if you love tasting unique gifts from other cultures
  • Indulge without the dairy with our Healthy Vegan DIY Mint Oreos
Lasagna Soup

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • Pasta shape: Short shapes work best (fusilli, rotini, broken lasagna sheets). If using traditional lasagna noodles, break into bite-size pieces.
  • Broth balance: Prefer a thinner soup? Add up to 1 extra cup of broth after pressure cooking. For thicker, let it sit 5-10 minutes-pasta continues to absorb.
  • Extra veg: Stir in zucchini, mushrooms, or finely chopped bell pepper during the sauté step for more volume and nutrients.
  • Protein tweaks: Swap Beyond Meat for lentils (add 1-1 ½ cups cooked) for a whole-food version.
  • Make-ahead toppings: Mix vegan ricotta with a pinch of salt, pepper, and lemon zest for a brighter finish.
Meal Prep Containers by Meal Prep on Fleek x Goodcook

FAQs

Can I make this without an Instant Pot?

Yes. Use a large pot on the stovetop: sauté aromatics and grounds, add liquids and pasta, then simmer, stirring often, until pasta is al dente (about 8-10 minutes).

Will the pasta get mushy in meal prep?

To avoid overcooking, use a sturdy pasta (like chickpea or whole wheat) and cook as directed. If you prefer, cook pasta separately and add to bowls when reheating.

Is this recipe gluten-free?

It can be. Use gluten-free pasta and check that your broth and sauce are certified gluten-free.

Final thoughts

This vegan lasagna soup brings big comfort with minimal effort, perfect for busy weeks when you want something hearty, high-protein, and meal-prep friendly. If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Lasagna Soup

Vegan Lasagna Soup

This vegan and gluten-free Instant Pot recipe is so easy to make and has all of the delicious lasagna flavors you know and love, just in a hearty soup form!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 15 minutes minutes
Total Time: 20 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Course
Cuisine: Italian
Keyword: instant pot, Meal Prep, soup, vegan, vegetarian
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 646kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 1 package Beyond Meat Plant-Based Ground if frozen, use when thawed
  • 1 package Kite Hill Vegan Ricotta Cheese
  • 24 oz. Pasta Sauce Tomato Basil also works well
  • 2 cups Veggie Broth/Stock
  • 1 cup Water
  • ½ cup Banza Chickpea Fusilli Pasta or preferred pasta
  • ½ cup White Onion diced
  • 3 Garlic Cloves minced
  • 4 Tbsp. Vegan Parmesan grated (or Nutritional Yeast)
  • 1 Tbsp. Avocado or Olive Oil
  • 2 Sprigs Fresh Basil Leaves torn
  • ¼ tsp. Ground Black Pepper

Optional:

  • Red Chili Flakes
  • Fresh Italian Parsley
  • Spinach
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Set Instant Pot to sauté mode.
  • Once heated up, add oil, onions, and garlic - sauté for ~2 minutes.
  • Next, add in the plant-based grounds and let sauté ~3-5 minutes - stir occasionally.
  • Pour in pasta sauce, veggie broth, water, and pasta - stir until combined and pasta is submerged. Cover with lid set to sealing and set to Manual Mode on high pressure for 3 minutes, then quick release steam.
  • Top with cheeses, basil, and black pepper.
  • Serve, store, and enjoy!

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 646kcal | Carbohydrates: 24.8g | Protein: 32g | Fat: 47.5g | Fiber: 7.3g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

10 Tips To Meal Prep On A Budget During The Holidays

November 4, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

10 Tips To Meal Prep On A Budget During The Holidays

The holidays are joyful AND jam-packed. Between gift lists, travel, and parties, time and money both feel tight. The last thing you want to worry about is making dinner. That's where smart meal prep comes in. With a little planning, you can eat well, spend less, and cruise through the season without last-minute takeout.

One Pan Whole30 Sausage and Veggie Oil Pour
Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this guide
  • Use Your Slow Cooker
  • Eat Less Meat (Strategically)
  • Get Excited About Eggs
  • Use Seasonal Produce
  • Plan Out Your Week
  • Build Your Shopping List (And Stick To It)
  • Buy In Bulk (Smartly)
  • Overlap Ingredients
  • Befriend The Freezer
  • Pack Ahead
  • Sample Budget-Friendly Holiday Week (Mix & Match)
  • FAQs
  • Final Thoughts

Use these 10 practical tips to streamline your Sunday prep and your weekday meals. If you want more low-cost inspiration after this, browse our Budget-Friendly Recipes and Slow Cooker & Instant Pot collections for set-it-and-forget-it ideas.

Why you'll love this guide

  • Flexible tips you can apply to any dietary style.
  • Realistic, no-fuss strategies you can use this week.
  • Budget-minded swaps that still taste like comfort food.
  • Freezer-first tactics to reduce waste and save time.

Use Your Slow Cooker

Cheaper, tougher cuts (chuck, round, pork shoulder) turn melt-in-your-mouth tender after hours in the slow cooker, so you get premium flavor at a budget price. Make big-batch soups, stews, and shredded meats while you shop or wrap gifts. Try a cozy pot roast or a tomato-y ragu and portion for the week.

Prep Move: Load in the morning; dinner greets you at night. Double the batch for freezer meals.

Want a good recipe? Give this Asian Style Slow Cooker Pot Roast a try! It's our new favorite winter recipe.

Asian Style Slow Cooker Pot Roast Meal Prep

Eat Less Meat (Strategically)

Stretch proteins with beans, lentils, and whole grains-high in fiber and wallet-friendly. Go half-and-half (½ ground turkey + ½ lentils) in chili, or build burrito bowls with black beans and roasted veggies. Meatless breakfasts like oat bakes and veggie egg bakes keep costs down without sacrificing protein.

Prep Move: Cook a big pot of beans or lentils on Sunday; use across bowls, soups, and quick sautés.

This breakfast PROBowl is loaded with produce, protein, and veggies!

Breakfast PRO Power Bowl

Get Excited About Eggs

Eggs are a meal-prepper's dream: affordable, quick, and versatile. Bake a sheet-pan frittata for breakfasts, hard-boil a dozen for snacks, or do egg roll-in-a-bowl for dinner. You'll get protein in every bite without blowing the budget.

Prep Move: Hard-boiled eggs keep up to 1 week peeled and stored in water; change the water every 1-2 days.

Need some new egg inspiration? Here is an egg recipe that is sure to make your mornings a breeze.

High Protein Breakfast Egg Muffin Meal Prep

Use Seasonal Produce

Seasonal fruits and veggies cost less and taste better. In winter, lean on cabbage, carrots, onions, winter squash, citrus, apples, and potatoes. Craving berries? Buy them in summer and freeze for smoothies and yogurt bowls.

Prep Move: Roast a big tray of winter veg at once-turn leftovers into bowls, hashes, or soups.

Give this Fruit Salad In A Jar recipe a try and use winter fruit such as apples, grapes, oranges, grapefruits, and pears.

Plan Out Your Week

Thirty minutes of planning saves hours later. Pick 2 mains + 1 breakfast + 1 snack to repeat. Write down what you'll eat and when, then plug in leftovers on busy nights. Not sure where to start? Our Meal Prepping 101 basics will get you rolling.

Prep Move: Choose overlapping recipes and schedule a "leftover night."

Not sure where to begin? First, read our Meal Prepping 101 article and then get cooking! Two of our favorite beginner recipes are Butternut Squash & Cranberry Meal Prep and Sheet Pan Sausage & Veggies. 

Butternut Squash and Cranberry Skillet Meal Prep

Build Your Shopping List (And Stick To It)

Write your list from the plan, by store section, to avoid impulse buys. Holiday aisles are full of extras; your list keeps you focused. Price-check pantry staples and store brands to trim your total.

Prep Move: Shop your pantry/freezer first; then buy only the gaps.

And until the holiday meals arrive, enjoy this Bacon Wrapped Chicken Meal Prep recipe that clocks in at less than $4/serving.

Bacon Wrapped Chicken Meal Prep Recipe

Buy In Bulk (Smartly)

Warehouse clubs and bulk bins can slash costs on grains, legumes, nuts, and canned goods. Portion bulk buys into jars or freezer bags the moment you get home to avoid waste.

Prep Move: Stock up on oats, rice, beans, and frozen veggies, budget MVPs all season.

You can find all of the ingredients for this easy Hashbrown Lovers Sausage Breakfast recipe in the bulk section.

Sausage Lover Meal Prep Casserole

Overlap Ingredients

Plan recipes that share the same base items so you use everything you buy. One bag of sweet potatoes becomes breakfast hash, sheet-pan dinners, and grain bowls. A rotisserie-style shredded chicken can star in salads, tacos, and soups.

Prep Move: Pick a "feature five" for the week (e.g., chicken thighs, sweet potatoes, kale, onions, beans) and build around them.

For breakfast, try these Sweet Potato Waffles and then use them for lunch or dinner as 'buns' in this Jalapeno Slider recipe!

Sweet Potato Waffle Meal Prep
Paleo Jalapeno Burger

Befriend The Freezer

Your freezer is a savings account. Double favorite recipes and freeze half in individual portions. Freeze extra meat in meal-size packs, and stash cooked grains/beans for last-minute meals.

Prep Move: Label with name + date; aim to rotate freezer meals within 2-3 months.

Crockpot Pumpkin Chili Meal Prep

Pack Ahead

Busy shopping day? Pack snacks and meals before you head out. Energy bites, trail mix, jerky, and citrus travel well and save you from pricey food-court stops.

Prep Move: Keep a "grab bin" in the fridge with ready-to-eat containers.

Two easy, superfoods packed snacks that don't need to be refrigerated (i.e, perfect for the long shopping days) are Protein Peanut Butter Energy Bites and Mint Chocolate Energy Bites. 

Protein Peanut Butter Energy Bites

Sample Budget-Friendly Holiday Week (Mix & Match)

  • Breakfasts: Banana oat bars; veggie egg bake
  • Lunches: Slow cooker chicken chili; roasted veggie bowls with beans
  • Dinners: Crockpot beef ragu over zoodles; sheet-pan sausage & cabbage; leftover night
  • Snacks: Greek yogurt + frozen berries; peanut butter energy bites

FAQs

How much can meal prep actually save me during the holidays?

A realistic target is saving $25-$60 per week by swapping 2-3 takeout meals for prepped ones and buying pantry staples in bulk.

What if I don't have a slow cooker?

Use a Dutch oven at a low simmer for similar results, or try pressure-cooker versions of stews and chilis for speed.

How do I avoid food waste when plans change?

Prep components (proteins, grains, sauces) instead of full meals, freeze extras promptly, and schedule a flexible "clean-out night."

Related Article: How to Meal Prep with Holiday Leftovers

How To Meal Prep with Holiday Leftovers

Final Thoughts

Holiday meal prep doesn't have to be elaborate to be effective. Pick a few tips that fit your life, repeat your favorites, and give yourself grace when schedules shift. Your wallet-and weekday self-will thank you.

If you love this guide, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep

November 2, 2025 by Nick Quintero 4 Comments

Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep Recipe

Slow-cooked beef in a rich tomato, herb, and red wine sauce that tastes like a five-star meal-with almost no hands-on work. This beef ragu simmers in the crockpot until it's fall-apart tender, then gets piled over zucchini noodles (or sweet potato noodles) for a cozy, lower-carb meal you can prep on a budget.

This one gives major comfort food vibes with simple ingredients you probably have on hand. It's the kind of set-it-and-forget-it dinner that makes weeknights feel easy, and it reheats like a dream for lunches. If you're leaning into a lower-sugar, lower-carb routine, browse our Low Carb Recipes and Slow Cooker & Instant Pot collections for more inspo.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep Ingredients:
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts
Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep

Slow cooked beef in an aromatic blend of tomatoes, spices and red wine! An impossibly easy dinner that tastes like a 5-star meal. Serve over zucchini or sweet potato noodles! 

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Deep, slow-cooked flavor from pantry staples and a touch of red wine (optional).
  • Minimal prep: chop, dump, and let the crockpot do the work.
  • Versatile serving options-zoodles, sweet potato noodles, cauliflower mash, or spaghetti squash.
  • Budget-friendly and meal-prep friendly; makes great leftovers and freezes well.
Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep

As a kid, I (Sarah), remember my dad in the kitchen every Sunday making big meals that we would enjoy midafternoon. In the winter months, he almost always used the crockpot, unless he was making a lasagna or another casserole. The house always had a comfort food feeling during the winter and by the time he was done cooking we had a freezer full of food for the week. All for cheap, of course, because we didn't have a lot of money.

We wanted to recreate a few hearty crockpot recipes that were easy to meal prep and cost-effective for everyone -- while giving you that comfort food feeling. Things like chili and pot roast are two of our favorites. But, we also wanted a low carb alternative and thought this recipe would fit the bill!

It brings together so many of the best fall flavors, while still be extremely easy and ringing in at under $4 a serving. It works well for lunch, dinner or even a big family Sunday brunch. Just to be sure to make extra because everyone will love this recipe! Oh, and if you happen to want to invite us over, we wouldn't turn down the offer 😉

Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep Ingredients:

  • 1 lb. beef stew, round roast or chuck roast 
  • 1 cup carrots, diced 
  • 1 cup celery, diced 
  • ½ cup green bell pepper, diced 
  • 3 tbsp. minced garlic 
  • 3 tbsp. white onion, diced 
  • 1 14 oz. can diced tomatoes 
  • 1 8 oz. can tomato paste 
  • ¼ cup red wine (if desired) 
  • 1 cup beef broth 
  • 2 bay leaves 
  • 1 tbsp. rosemary 
  • ½ tbsp. dried thyme 
  • salt & pepper to taste 
  • serve with: zucchini noodles 
Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep

How to make

Step 1: Load the slow cooker
Place carrots, celery, bell pepper, garlic, and onion in the bottom of the slow cooker.

Step 2: Add beef & sauce
Season beef generously with salt and pepper. Place on top of the vegetables. Add diced tomatoes, tomato paste, red wine (if using), beef broth, bay leaves, rosemary, and thyme. Stir gently to combine.

Step 3: Slow cook
Cook on LOW 6-8 hours or HIGH 4 hours, until beef is very tender and sauce is aromatic. Remove bay leaves. Taste and adjust salt/pepper.

Step 4: Serve
Serve the ragu over zucchini noodles or sweet potato noodles. Garnish as desired.

How to store

  • Ragu (beef + sauce): Cool completely. Store in airtight containers up to 4 days in the fridge or 3 months in the freezer.
  • Zucchini noodles: Store raw, spiralized zoodles separately in paper towel-lined containers up to 3 days. If cooking zoodles ahead, undercook slightly and drain well before storing.

How to reheat

  • Stovetop: Warm ragu in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally, 5-7 minutes. Toss with zoodles in the hot sauce just until warmed.
  • Microwave: 60-90 seconds per portion, stirring halfway. Add a splash of broth if needed.

Nutrition facts

Per 1 serving (¼ of recipe): 358 calories, 31g protein, 27g carbs, 14g fat.
Macros will vary based on your noodle choice; zoodles are lowest in carbs.

Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • No wine? Substitute with ¼ cup additional beef broth plus 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar for depth.
  • Thicker sauce: After slow cooking, shred the beef and simmer uncovered (stovetop or high in the slow cooker) 10-15 minutes to reduce.
  • Veg swaps: Add mushrooms or swap green bell pepper for red/yellow if that's what you have.
  • Different protein: Boneless pork shoulder also works; cook times are similar.
  • Serve it other ways: Over cauliflower mash, spaghetti squash, or your favorite gluten-free pasta if carbs fit your plan.

FAQs

How do I keep zoodles from getting watery?

Salt raw zoodles lightly and let sit 10 minutes, then pat dry. Or sauté in a dry skillet 1-2 minutes just until crisp-tender; drain before topping with ragu.

Can I make this without a slow cooker?

Yes. Brown the beef in a Dutch oven, add remaining ingredients, cover, and simmer on low 2-3 hours, stirring occasionally, until tender.

Is the sauce spicy?

No. It's savory and herb-forward. If you like heat, add a pinch of red pepper flakes.

Final thoughts

Everything we love about a Sunday sauce with weeknight effort. Make a batch, portion it up, and you've got cozy, protein-rich meals ready to go.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep Idea

Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep

Slow cooked beef in an aromatic blend of tomatoes, spices and red wine! An impossibly easy dinner that tastes like a 5-star meal. Serve over zucchini or sweet potato noodles!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 6 hours hours
Total Time: 6 hours hours 15 minutes minutes
Course: Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: Italian
Keyword: Beef, Meal Prep
Servings: 4 main dishes
Calories: 358kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 1 pound chuck roast can sub round raoast
  • 1 cup Carrots diced
  • cup celery diced
  • ½ medium green bell pepper diced
  • 3 tbsp. garlic minced
  • 3 tbsp. white onion diced
  • 14 ounces diced tomatoes
  • 8 ounces tomatoe paste
  • ¼ cup red wine optional
  • 1 cup beef broth
  • 2 bay leaves
  • 1 tbsp. dried rosemary
  • ½ tsbp. dried thyme
  • salt & pepper to taste
  • 4 cups zucchini noodles
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Place carrots, celery, bell pepper, garlic and onion on the bottom of a crockpot set to high.
  • Over the veggies, place the beef than add remaining ingredients.
  • Cook about 4 hours on high heat or 6-8 hours on low heat, or until beef is tender and the stew is aromatic.
  • Serve immediately over zucchini noodles. 

Notes

Nutrition for 1 out of 4 servings:
31g Protein | 14g Fat | 27g Carbs | 358 Calories

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 358kcal | Carbohydrates: 27g | Protein: 31g | Fat: 14g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

Banana oat breakfast bars (gluten and dairy free)

November 1, 2025 by Nick Quintero 13 Comments

Banana Oat Breakfast Bars Recipe

Got ripe bananas on the counter? Turn them into these soft, chewy Banana Oat Breakfast Bars, made on one sheet pan, lightly sweetened, and finished with a sprinkle of dairy-free chocolate chips. They're budget-friendly, freezer-friendly, and perfect for grab-and-go breakfasts or a wholesome snack when a sugar craving strikes.

These bars taste like a fresh-baked treat, but they're built with simple pantry staples you likely have on hand. Keep the chocolate chips for a dessert vibe, or swap them for nuts, seeds, or dried fruit. Either way, they're meal-prep ready for the week ahead.

If you're building your breakfast rotation, browse our Breakfast Meal Prep and Gluten-Free Recipes collections for more ideas.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Banana Oat Breakfast Bars Ingredients:
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat
  • Nutrition facts
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • FAQs
  • Final thoughts
Banana Oat Breakfast Bars

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Budget-conscious ingredients that stretch a bunch of bananas.
  • Soft, cake-like texture with just-sweet-enough banana flavor.
  • Naturally gluten- and dairy-free with easy nut-free and egg-free swaps.
  • One bowl (blender/processor) + one sheet pan = minimal dishes.
  • Freezer-friendly bars you can reheat in seconds.

Banana Oat Breakfast Bars Ingredients:

  • 4 large, ripe bananas 
  • 2 eggs whites 
  • ¼ cup unsweetened almond milk  
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil 
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract 
  • 2 cups Gluten Free Rolls Oats 
  • ¼ cup coconut sugar 
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda 
  • ½ teaspoon cinnamon 
  • 4 tbsp. dairy-free mini chocolate chips (or as much as you like!) 

Note: Keep mix-ins around ½-3/4 cup total so the bars hold together well.

Banana Oat Breakfast Bars

How to make

Step 1: Prep

  • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Lightly grease a 10.5x12-inch baking pan (or a rimmed quarter-sheet pan) with cooking spray. Line with parchment for easy removal, if desired.

Step 2: Blend

  • Add all ingredients except the chocolate chips to a food processor or blender. Blend on high until mostly smooth (some oat texture is fine).

Step 3: Bake

  • Pour the batter into the prepared pan and spread into an even layer. Sprinkle chocolate chips on top.
  • Bake for 15-18 minutes, or until the center is set and a toothpick comes out clean.

Step 4: Cool & slice

  • Cool in the pan for 5-10 minutes to set. Slice into 12 bars (or any size you like).

How to store

  • Fridge: Store bars in an airtight container up to 5 days. Place parchment between layers to prevent sticking.
  • Freezer: Wrap bars individually and place in a freezer-safe bag for up to 3 months. Thaw overnight in the fridge or reheat from frozen.

How to reheat

Oven/toaster oven: 300°F for 6-8 minutes (frozen may take 10-12 minutes). For crisp edges, place bars on a baking rack set over a sheet pan.

Microwave: 15-25 seconds per bar from the fridge, 30-45 seconds from frozen.

Banana Oat Breakfast Bars

Nutrition facts

Per 1 bar (1/12 of recipe): 187 calories, 3g protein, 28g carbs, 7g fat.
Fiber varies by brand of oats and banana size.

WW SmartPoints: Green 6 • Blue 6 • Purple 4

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • Make it egg-free/vegan: Replace the 2 egg whites with 2 tablespoons ground flaxseed + 5 tablespoons water (mix and rest 5 minutes).
  • Nut-free: Use oat milk or dairy-free soy milk instead of almond milk; choose allergy-friendly chocolate chips, or swap for seeds.
  • Boost protein: Stir ¼ cup unflavored or vanilla protein powder into the batter after blending. If batter thickens, add 1-2 tablespoons milk.
  • Add-ins to try: Chopped walnuts or pecans, pumpkin seeds, shredded coconut, or dried cranberries/raisins (keep total mix-ins to ½-3/4 cup).
  • Pan options: If using a 9x13-inch pan, bake 18-22 minutes; for thicker bars in an 8x11-inch pan, bake 22-26 minutes-always check early. 

FAQs

Can I use whole eggs instead of egg whites?

Yes. Use 1 large whole egg in place of the 2 egg whites. The bars will be slightly richer.

Can I skip the blender?

Yes. Mash bananas very well, whisk in wet ingredients and sugar, then stir in oats, baking soda, and cinnamon. The texture will be a little chunkier, but still delicious.

Can I replace coconut sugar?

Use ¼ cup maple syrup or honey instead. If using a liquid sweetener, reduce the almond milk by 1-2 tablespoons.

Final thoughts

These Banana Oat Breakfast Bars are the kind of back-pocket recipe that makes weekday mornings easier. Bake once, slice, and you've got breakfast (or snack) ready for days.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Banana Oat Breakfast Bars

Banana Oat Breakfast Bars

Banana Oat Breakfast Bars made gluten and dairy free on a sheet pan with a sprinkle of chocolate on top! Eat them for breakfast or whenever a sugar craving strikes. 
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 15 minutes minutes
Total Time: 25 minutes minutes
Course: Breakfast, Snack
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Meal Prep
Servings: 12 bars
Calories: 187kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 4 large bananas ripe
  • 2 large eggwhites
  • ¼ cup Unsweetened Almond Milk
  • ¼ cup Coconut Oil
  • 1 tsp. Vanilla extract
  • 2 cups Gluten Free rolled oats *not quick oats
  • ¼ cup Coconut Sugar or brown sugar
  • 1 tsp. baking powder
  • ½ tsp. cinnamon 4
  • 4 tablespoon dairy-free chocolate chips or as many as you'd like!
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 F. Lightly grease a 10.5"x12" baking pan with cooking spray.
  • Add all the ingredients minus the chocolate chips to a food processor or blender. Blend on high until smooth.
  • Transfer the batter to the baking pan and spread into a smooth layer.
  • Bake at 350 F 15 minutes until a toothpick can be inserted in the center clean.
  • Remove from the oven and let the bars set on the pan 5 minutes to harden before slicing into 12 bars.

Notes

Nutrition for 1 out of 12 bars:
3g Protein | 7g Fat | 28g Carbs
*Please note these bars can be cut into any amount you'd like depending on your desired want for size. We calculated the nutrition based off of 12 medium sized bars
 
WW Smart Points= Green:6  Blue:6  Purple:4
 

Nutrition

Serving: 1bar | Calories: 187kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 7g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Banana Oat Breakfast Bar

8 All-Natural Alternatives To Sugar

October 30, 2025 by Nick Quintero 1 Comment

Alternatives to Sugar Chart

Cutting back on added sugar is one of the simplest ways to feel better, save calories, and support steady energy, especially when you meal prep. You don't have to give up sweetness to do it, though. With a few smart swaps, you can keep your favorite baked goods, sauces, and snacks in the rotation while dialing down the sugar spike.

Below, I'm sharing eight approachable, real-food sweeteners we actually use in MPOF recipes, plus conversion tips, best uses, and exactly how to store them for meal prep success. If you're building a lower-sugar routine, you'll also love browsing our Low-Carb & Keto and Whole30 & Paleo recipe collections on MPOF for plenty of ideas.

Quick note: Everyone's needs are different. This article is for general cooking guidance, always do what works for your body and goals.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love these swaps
  • Honey
  • Agave Nectar
  • Maple Syrup
  • Date sugar
  • Coconut sugar
  • Molasses
  • Yacon Syrup
  • Barley Malt Syrup
  • A quick conversion cheat-sheet
  • How to store these sweeteners
  • How to use them in meal prep (simple game plan)
  • Helpful tips & swaps
  • FAQs
  • Conclusion

Why you'll love these swaps

  • Budget-aware picks you can stock in your pantry.
  • Familiar, easy-to-find options that fit real life.
  • Clear substitution ratios for baking and cooking.
  • Meal-prep friendly storage tips for every sweetener.
  • Ways to match flavor to the recipe (no weird aftertastes).

Warning: Sugar can be masked behind a number of names... here are a few for you to look out for.

Honey

This could be the first thing that comes to your mind when you hear the phrase "sugar alternatives." It is a natural sweetener that is also used in fighting infections and healing wounds. It also contains nutrients, antioxidants and antibacterial properties albeit in small amounts.

8 Alternatives To Sugar

There are plenty of studies backing up claims about the health benefits of honey. One research conducted by experts from the University of Memphis showed that athletes who consumed honey had more stable blood sugar and insulin levels.

There's also a research conducted by scientists from the University of California, Davis that links daily consumption of honey to high antioxidants levels.

As a sugar substitute, honey can add a touch of sweetness to foods like yogurt, nut butter, homemade dressings or marinades. We suggest getting raw and USDA-certified organic honey as you can be assured of the quality.

You can simply replace every tablespoon of sugar with a teaspoon of this food called the nectar of gods. We typically use honey for recipes such as Hot Honey Sweet Potato Bowls and Peanut Butter Bites.

Agave Nectar

Agave nectar originated from South America, with the Aztecs calling the syrup "gift from the gods." It comes from agave plant which is also the same plant from where tequila is sourced. It has a taste that is very similar to honey.

Compared to sugar, agave nectar has less glucose and lower glycemic index. This means that our bodies can absorb the substance more slowly into the bloodstream. It will not also cause a rapid increase in insulin levels.

However, it contains higher levels of fructose which is metabolized by the liver. Thus you don't want to use too much of agave nectar because it can put pressure on the liver.

In terms of sweetness, agave nectar is a lot sweeter than sugar thus you don't have to use as much if you were to tap it as a sugar substitute. I usually replace one tablespoon of sugar with a teaspoon of agave nectar.

Agave nectar can be used for sweetening hot drinks like tea and coffee or adding a tinge of sweetness to porridge. It can also be utilized in baking.

Maple Syrup

Maple syrup is one of the healthiest sugar substitutes that you can find. Like agave nectar, it has a lower glycemic index compared to white or brown sugar. Thus, it won't impact your blood sugar levels like table sugar.

8 Alternatives To Sugar

It also has some trace minerals and antioxidants lacking in table sugar. One tablespoon of maple syrup has 33 percent of the recommended daily value of manganese. It also has zinc, calcium, potassium, iron, and magnesium although in lower amounts.

Maple syrup isn't as sweet as white sugar, so you might want to increase the amount of maple syrup you are to use instead of table sugar. Moreover, maple syrup can also affect the color of your foods because it is colored brown while table sugar is white.

You should also know that the maple syrup we are talking here is the pure or real maple syrup. Don't use the maple syrup for pancakes!

Date sugar

Dates are fruits which have been cultivated and eaten by man thousands of years before the birth of Jesus. It is one of the sweetest fruits you will ever taste. It should come as no surprise that its sugar can be used as a table sugar substitute.

Whole dates fruits are typically used in energy bars not only because of their sweetness but also because of their stickiness. They're also packed with nutrients like calcium, copper, vitamin B, vitamin K, manganese, magnesium, and potassium.

You can use the same amount of date sugar to replace white sugar in a recipe. However, if you are to add sweet spices like cinnamon, nutmeg or cloves in a recipe, I suggest you use two-thirds of date sugar instead of sugar. The sweet spices can improve the existing sweetness of date sugar.

However, we won't recommend using date sugar in smoothies and coffee because it doesn't dissolve well.

Coconut sugar

This one is made from sap derived from coconut palm buds. A teaspoon of coconut sugar has about four grams of sugar and 15 calories, just like white sugar.

It has a flavor and consistency that would remind you of brown sugar, so it is not uncommon for people to use it as a replacement in recipes requiring brown sugar like cookies and bake beans. You can use the same amount of coconut sugar as required the table sugar in the recipe that you are following.

Molasses

8 Alternatives To Sugar

A byproduct of refined sugar production, molasses has a dark color and a very strong flavor that bodes well for baked goods despite it not being as sweet as sugar. It has a thick and syrup-like consistency. It also has small amounts of minerals like calcium, iron and B vitamins.

Because it is not as sweet as sugar, you might have to use more molasses for most recipes. For instance, we usually replace a cup of sugar with 1 ⅓ cup molasses. You can then lower the amount of liquid in the recipe by about five teaspoons.

Yacon Syrup

Derived from the yacon plant that is found in South America, yacon syrup has a consistency that is very similar to molasses. It is also sweet and dark in color.

8 Alternatives To Sugar

It has gained a lot of mileage as a potential weight loss supplement, although there have been a few studies that can support this claim. It is naturally low in calories and glycemic index, making it a healthier alternative to sugar. In fact, it contains just a third of the calories found in sugar.

Yacon is great for diabetics because it can regulate insulin, blood sugar and cholesterol levels. It also won't cause cavities and tooth decay. However, it can cause bloating and gas because it is prebiotic.

It can be used in the same way as you would use honey instead of sugar. Decrease the amount of yacon syrup as it is slightly sweeter than table sugar.

Barley Malt Syrup

Similar to yacon syrup, barley malt extract is dark. It also has the thick consistency that can remind you of molasses. Some people even say that the taste of barley malt syrup and molasses are very much the same, although I can say that molasses have a stronger flavor.

Barley malt syrup also has its share of nutrients. It has high levels of protein and iron while also having traces of vitamins A, C, and calcium. I know that there are many bread recipes that suggest the use of barley malt syrup as a replacement for sugar. It can also be used in pizza dough and other baked desserts such as pecan pie.

Aside from baking, there are other uses of barley malt syrup. If you drink beer, then you may know that it is an ingredient used in making beer. It can also be used as a glaze on baked vegetables like sweet potatoes, squash, and beans.

So how do you use barley malt syrup instead of sugar? For one part white sugar, you can substitute 1 ⅓ parts of the syrup. You should also reduce the liquid in the recipe to add sweetness to the recipe.

A quick conversion cheat-sheet

  • Liquid sweeteners (honey, maple, agave, yacon, molasses, barley malt): start with ¾ cup (or less for yacon) per 1 cup sugar; reduce other liquids in the recipe by 1-2 tablespoon per ¾ cup used.
  • Granulated swaps (coconut sugar, date sugar): start 1:1 by volume.
  • Browning: Liquid sweeteners brown faster-consider reducing oven temp by 25°F and check early.
  • Structure: In cookies/cakes, add 1-2 tablespoon flour per cup of liquid sweetener if batter seems loose.

How to store these sweeteners

  • Honey & agave: Room temp, tightly sealed, dark cupboard. If honey crystallizes, warm the jar in a bowl of hot water and stir.
  • Maple syrup (pure): Refrigerate after opening; freezer-safe for long-term storage.
  • Molasses & barley malt syrup: Room temp once opened is fine; keep lids clean and tight.
  • Coconut sugar & date sugar: Airtight container at room temp to prevent clumping.
  • Dates (whole): Airtight at room temp for short term; refrigerate or freeze for long term.
  • Yacon syrup: Follow label; usually refrigerate after opening.

Meal-prep tip: Portion liquid sweeteners into mini squeeze bottles and label by recipe ("granola," "dressing," etc.) so weekday cooking is grab-and-go.


How to use them in meal prep (simple game plan)

Step 1: match flavor to the dish.

  • Caramel notes (maple, coconut sugar, dates) love oats, squash, and warm spices.
  • Neutral sweeteners (agave, honey) disappear nicely in dressings and iced drinks.
  • Bold syrups (molasses, barley malt) shine in BBQ sauce, beans, and bread.

Step 2: adjust moisture.
Any time you swap liquid for granulated sugar, reduce other liquids and consider a little extra flour or oat flour to keep structure.

Step 3: taste and tweak.
These swaps vary by brand and ripeness (for dates). Sweeten to 80%, bake or simmer, then finish with a light drizzle if you need more.


Helpful tips & swaps

  • Combine sweeteners for balance-e.g., half maple + half coconut sugar for cookies with crisp edges and rich flavor.
  • Use acid + salt to pop sweetness: a teaspoon of lemon juice or a pinch of flaky salt can help you use less overall.
  • Mind the color: Dark syrups darken batters; choose light-colored options (agave, light honey) for pale cakes or vanilla frostings.
  • Label by strength: In your pantry, tag bottles "mild," "medium," or "bold" so you reach for the right one mid-recipe.
  • Start small in drinks: Liquid sweeteners taste sweeter-begin with ½ teaspoon, stir, then add more.

FAQs

Are these sweeteners "healthier" than sugar?

They're still added sweeteners and should be used in moderation. Many offer flavor, minor minerals, or fiber (dates), but your body ultimately recognizes most added sugars similarly. Focus on overall patterns and portion size.

Can I swap one-for-one in every baking recipe?

Not always. Start with the conversion guide above, adjust liquids, and bake a small test cookie or muffin if you can. Delicate cakes are the least forgiving; brownies, quick breads, and cookies are more flexible.

What's best for coffee or iced tea?

Choose liquid options that dissolve easily-maple, agave, or honey (in warm drinks). For iced drinks, agave or simple date syrup (blended dates + hot water) work beautifully.

Related: What's the difference between Stevia and Erythritol

Stevia-vs-Erythritol-Alternatives-to-Sugar

Conclusion

As you can see, there are plenty of substitutes for sugar that you can use in your recipes. Whether you are to bake sweet treats like cookies or cake, or simply add sugar to your beverages such as coffee and tea, there are numerous sugar alternatives that you can choose from.

So what are you waiting for? Start stocking up on these eight alternatives to sugar so that you can use them once you come across a recipe that calls for the use of the regular table sugar.

Air-Fried Apple Chips

October 28, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Air-Fried Apple Chips

Do you love dried fruit as a healthy snack? So do we! These air-fried apple chips are the perfect afternoon pick-me-up or wholesome dessert for both kids and adults. No dehydrator required...your air fryer does all the work.

Table of Contents
  • Why you'll love this recipe
  • Air-Fried Apple Chips Ingredients:
  • How to make
  • How to store
  • How to reheat (re-crisp)
  • Helpful tips or ingredient swaps
  • More air-fryer snack and dessert meal prep recipes:
  • FAQ's
  • Final thoughts
Air-Fried Apple Chips

What makes this recipe special is its simplicity: just apples, warm spices, and a quick whirl in the air fryer for irresistibly crisp, cinnamon-kissed chips. They pair beautifully with a creamy honey-cinnamon fruit dip and look extra festive for fall gatherings and lunchboxes alike.

If you're building out your snack prep routine, you'll also love exploring our Healthy Snacks and Gluten Free recipe collections.

Why you'll love this recipe

  • Crispy, sweet, and cinnamon-spiced without any added oil.
  • Fast and hands-off... air fryer > dehydrator for weeknight prep.
  • Budget-friendly way to use up apples and reduce food waste.
  • Kid-approved snack that doubles as a light dessert.
  • Meal-prep friendly with easy long-term storage options.
Air-Fried Apple Chips

Air-Fried Apple Chips Ingredients:

  • 2 medium apples thinly sliced/seeds removed  
  • 1 teaspoon cinnamon  
  • ⅛ teaspoon nutmeg   

For Honey Cinnamon Dip 

  • 4 oz. light cream cheese, softened  
  • ½ cup non-fat Greek yogurt  
  • 3 tablespoon honey  
  • 1 teaspoon cinnamon  
Air-Fried Apple Chips

How to make

Step 1: Prep
Wash apples well. Using a mandoline or sharp knife, slice apples crosswise into ⅛-inch rounds; remove any seeds. If using, quickly toss slices with the lemon-water mix and pat dry.

Step 2: Season
In a small bowl, combine cinnamon and nutmeg. Sprinkle a light coating over both sides of the apple slices.

Step 3: Air-fry
Preheat the air fryer to 300°F. Arrange slices in a single layer (no overlap) in the basket. Air-fry for 25-30 minutes, flipping halfway and rotating trays if needed. Chips are done when dry and crisp around the edges. Extra-moist apples may need 2-5 more minutes.

Step 4: Make the dip (while chips cook)
In a medium bowl, beat the yogurt, cream cheese, honey, cinnamon, and salt until smooth. Add vanilla if using. Chill until serving.

Step 5: Cool & crisp
Transfer chips to a wire rack to cool completely-they'll crisp further as they cool.

Air-Fried Apple Chips

How to store

  • Room temperature (best for short-term): Store fully cooled chips in an airtight container or zip-top bag for up to 1 week. Add a small desiccant packet or a sheet of paper towel to help absorb moisture.
  • Longer-term pantry storage: If your chips are fully dehydrated and very dry, store airtight in a cool, dark place for several months. For maximum shelf life, vacuum-seal.
  • Freezer: Place chips in a heavy-duty freezer bag, press out air, and freeze for up to 3 months for best quality (longer if vacuum-sealed).

Store the dip separately in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. Do not freeze the dip.

How to reheat (re-crisp)

  • Avoid the microwave-it softens chips.
  • Air fryer: 250°F for 3-5 minutes until crisp again.
  • Oven: 250°F on a parchment-lined sheet for 5-7 minutes.
Air-Fried Apple Chips

Helpful tips or ingredient swaps

  • Extra crisp insurance: Let chips cool on a rack and return any softer pieces to the air fryer for 2-3 minutes.
  • Slice evenly: ⅛-inch slices crisp best. Thicker slices will be chewier and need more time.
  • Single layer wins: Overlapping slices trap steam and prevent crisping. Work in batches for best results.
  • Apple choice matters: Firmer, less juicy apples (Honeycrisp, Fuji, Pink Lady) crisp faster than very juicy varieties.
  • Spice it your way: Swap nutmeg for pumpkin pie spice, cardamom, or a pinch of ginger.
  • No added sugar: The recipe is naturally sweet, but a light dusting of coconut sugar adds a caramel-like edge if desired.
Air-Fried Apple Chips

More air-fryer snack and dessert meal prep recipes:

  • Air Fryer Cinnamon Sugar Chickpeas
  • Tasty Churro Meal Prep
  • Air Fryer Sweet and Spicy Mixed Nuts
  • We Tried It: Pancakes in the Air Fryer

FAQ's

Why are my apple chips still soft?

They were either sliced too thick or crowded in the basket. Air-fry in a single layer, slice ⅛-inch thick, and add a few more minutes. Cool completely on a rack to finish crisping.

How do I keep apple slices from browning?

A quick toss in diluted lemon juice (then pat dry) helps. Also work quickly after slicing and get them into the air fryer soon after seasoning.

Can I make these without cinnamon?

Absolutely. Keep them plain, use only a pinch of sea salt, or try pumpkin pie spice, chai spice, or even a dusting of cocoa.

Final thoughts

Air-fried apple chips deliver big fall flavor with minimal effort, and they're a perfect make-ahead snack to keep your week on track. Prep a batch on Sunday, stash them in airtight containers, and you're set for lunchboxes, desk snacks, and after-dinner munching.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to make healthy meal prep simple and stress-free all week long.

Air-Fried Apple Chips

Air-Fried Apple Chips

This festive autumn snack turns fresh apple slices into chips without any oil! The air fryer uses just enough heat and air to gently dehydrate slices, perfect for dipping in creamy honey-cinnamon fruit dip!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 1 hour hour
Total Time: 1 hour hour 15 minutes minutes
Course: Dessert, Snack
Cuisine: American
Keyword: apples, gluten free, low calorie, snack, vegetarian
Servings: 4 snacks
Calories: 175kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 2 medium apples thinly sliced/seeds removed
  • 1 teaspoon cinnamon
  • ⅛ teaspoon nutmeg

For Honey Cinnamon Dip

  • 4 oz. light cream cheese softened
  • ½ cup non-fat Greek yogurt
  • 3 tablespoon honey
  • 1 teaspoon cinnamon
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Stir together cinnamon and nutmeg in a small bowl. Add half of the apple slices to the air fryer basket and sprinkle with half of the cinnamon/nutmeg. Air fry at 300F for 25-30 minutes, flipping apple slices halfway through cooking.
  • Transfer fried apple slices to a plate. Apples will continue to crisp as they cool. Repeat with remaining apple slices.
  • While the apples fry, mix together ingredients for the honey cinnamon dip in a medium mixing bowl using a hand mixer.
  • Divide dip between ½ cup sides of 4 snack containers. Divide apple chips between the other ½ cup compartments.

Nutrition

Calories: 175kcal | Carbohydrates: 30g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 5g | Sodium: 163mg | Fiber: 3g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Air-Fried Apple Chips

Fall Harvest Power Salad

October 26, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Fall Harvest Power Salad

Are you ready for Thanksgiving in a power salad bowl?! Our Fall Harvest Power Salad combines your favorite seasonal flavors in a high-protein, gluten-free salad that satisfies you during lunch or fills your belly after a busy day at dinner time.

The stars of the show are butternut squash, bittersweet cranberries, and crunchy walnuts paired with chicken and the peppery flavor of watercress. Then we complete this power salad with a homemade, zesty, lemon-herb dressing made with fresh lemon juice, dried basil and time, fresh parsley, honey, and olive oil to add a bit of zing to the autumn flavors.

Fall Harvest Power Salad
Table of Contents
  • How long will Fall Harvest Power Salad last for?
  • Can Fall Harvest Power Salad be frozen?
  • Fall Harvest Power Salad Ingredients:
  • How do you make Fall Harvest Power Salad?
  • How to portion Fall Harvest Power Salad?
  • More power salad meal prep recipes:
  • Other tips for making Fall Harvest Power Salad:

This is one of several salad bowls we have listed because they're the epitome of making meal prep convenient. Power salad meal prep recipes are quick, easy, and packed with nutritional goodness (thus the name "power salad). For example, the power in this power salad is butternut squash because it's a great source of fiber and has vitamins A, C, E, and B vitamins. Butternut squash also has minerals such as calcium, magnesium, and zinc.

This autumn-inspired salad is made with a mix of raw and roasted vegetables. Butternut squash adds staying power. Tangy cranberries and crunchy walnuts add fall flavor. Use ready-made rotisserie chicken for quick and easy prep! Best served in the new Good Cook® meal prep bowls! 

How long will Fall Harvest Power Salad last for?

The salad will last for 4 to 5 days. Keep power salads covered and tightly sealed in meal prep bowls for optimal storage and convenience. 

Can Fall Harvest Power Salad be frozen?

Yes, you can freeze power salads - but be mindful of the ingredients. The proteins are always fine to freeze, but some of the vegetables don't freeze well unless you make adjustments. In this case, don't cook the butternut squash thoroughly if you plan on freezing this power salad meal prep recipe. The cranberries and walnuts do not need freezing.

Fall Harvest Power Salad

Fall Harvest Power Salad Ingredients:

For Lemon Herb Dressing  

  • ¼ cup olive oil  
  • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice  
  • ½ cup fresh parsley  
  • 1 tablespoon raw honey  
  • 1 teaspoon dried basil  
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme  
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt  

Ingredients For Salad

  • 8 cups watercress  
  • 1 lb. cooked shredded chicken breast (rotisserie recommended)  
  • 4 cups peeled/cubed butternut squash  
  • ½ cup dried cranberries  
  • ½ cup raw walnuts  
  • ½ cup lemon herb dressing (recipe above)

For Serving

4 Good Cook® meal prep bowls

Fall Harvest Power Salad

How do you make Fall Harvest Power Salad?

The reason why we have several power salad meal prep recipes is because they're quick and simple. For this recipe, you can even use leftover rotisserie chicken. No matter what chicken you decide to use for your Fall Harvest Power Salad, the meal is ready for storage and enjoyment in less than 30 minutes. 

  1. Make the lemon-herb dressing in a blender or NutriBullet and refrigerate. 
  2. Bake lightly oiled and cubed butternut squash on a parchment-lined baking sheet at 400 degrees for 20 to 25 minutes. 
  3. Put squash, shredded chicken, cranberries, and walnuts on top of 2 cups of watercress. 

It's really that easy!

Fall Harvest Power Salad

How to portion Fall Harvest Power Salad?

To portion your fall harvest power salad, put 2 cups of watercress into four of our GoodCook® meal prep bowls and top with shredded chicken, cranberries, butternut squash, and walnuts. Divvy up your salad dressing into 4 plastic sauce cups with lids and put them with each serving of salad.

Fall Harvest Power Salad

More power salad meal prep recipes:

  • Kale Steak Power Salad 
  • Greek Arugula Power Salad
  • Fall Harvest Sausage Salad
  • Middle Eastern Breakfast Salad Bowls
  • Thai Crunch Quinoa Grain Bowl Bowl

Other tips for making Fall Harvest Power Salad:

  • Shred your chicken as much as possible for even flavor so every bite of salad has chicken. 
  • Sprinkle sea salt onto your cubed squash before baking along with pepper and other herbs (like rosemary) if you wish. 
  • Cut your butternut squash into ¾-inch cubes for even cooking. 
  • Use dry arugula (rinse and pat dry or use bagged pre-washed arugula) to avoid having a soggy power salad. 
  • Drizzle your salad with dressing, then toss and mix your salad well right before eating.
Fall Harvest Power Salad

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to discover more meal prep recipes that make healthy eating easier and more enjoyable all week long.

For more meal prep-friendly dinners, visit our Dinner Recipe Collection.

Fall Harvest Power Salad

Fall Harvest Power Salad

Fall Harvest Power Salad

This autumn-inspired salad is made with a mix of raw and roasted vegetables. Butternut squash adds staying power. Tangy cranberries and crunchy walnuts add fall flavor. Use ready-made rotisserie chicken for quick and easy prep!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 25 minutes minutes
Total Time: 35 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Chicken, dinner, gluten free, high protein, lunch, power bowl, salad
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 485kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

For Lemon Herb Dressing

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice
  • ½ cup fresh parsley
  • 1 tablespoon raw honey
  • 1 teaspoon dried basil
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt

For Salads

  • 8 cups watercress
  • 1 lb. cooked shredded chicken breast rotisserie recommended
  • 4 cups peeled/cubed butternut squash
  • ½ cup dried cranberries
  • ½ cup raw walnuts
  • ½ cup lemon herb dressing
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

For Dressing

  • Combine ingredients for dressing in a blender or Nutri-bullet and blend until smooth. Refrigerate until serving.

For Salads

  • Preheat oven to 400ºF and line a small baking sheet with parchment paper. Add cubed butternut squash to a baking sheet and drizzle with oil. Gently toss to coat. Roast for 20-25 minutes, stirring halfway through cooking. Cool squash for 10 minutes.
  • Add 2 cups watercress to 4 GoodCook round containers and top with butternut squash, cranberries, walnuts, and shredded chicken. Add dressing to 4 sauce cups included in the package. Store in refrigerator until enjoying.

Nutrition

Calories: 485kcal | Carbohydrates: 45g | Protein: 29g | Fat: 25g | Fiber: 7g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

October 25, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

There's nothing "basic" about chicken when you prep it like this! These Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts are juicy, flavorful, and creamy on the inside, with a light, peppery kick from the watercress that takes every bite to the next level.

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts
Table of Contents
  • Why You'll Love This Recipe
    • Summarize this Recipe and Get Macros
  • Ingredients:
    • Instructions
  • How to Store and Reheat
  • How to Freeze
  • Nutrition (Per Serving - 4 Servings Total)
  • Helpful Tips for Perfect Stuffed Chicken
  • FAQs
  • Final Thoughts

This recipe is one of my favorite ways to level up plain chicken breasts without adding a ton of calories or carbs. It's low-carb, keto-friendly, and perfect for anyone who wants to meal prep something that feels a little indulgent but is still completely balanced.

When you slice into one of these at lunch, you'll thank yourself. The creamy filling melts right into the chicken while the artichokes and watercress add texture, freshness, and serious nutrition.

If you're looking for more high-protein meal prep ideas, check out our High Protein Recipes for more delicious inspiration.

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

Why You'll Love This Recipe

🌿 Nutrient-dense greens: Watercress is one of the most nutrient-packed vegetables on the planet - just one cup gives you 24% of your daily vitamin C and 21% of your vitamin A needs.
🐔 Juicy + satisfying: The cream cheese and artichoke filling keeps every bite tender and flavorful.
🥦 Balanced meal prep: Served with sautéed broccoli for extra fiber and micronutrients.
🔥 Meal-prep ready: Stays fresh for 4-5 days in the fridge and reheats perfectly.

Summarize this Recipe and Get Macros

ChatGPT
Google AI
Perplexity
Grok

Ingredients:

  • 4 boneless skinless chicken breasts 
  • 2 tablespoon olive oil, divided  
  • ¼ teaspoon garlic powder  
  • 1 teaspoon paprika  
  • ¼ teaspoon sea salt  
  • 2 cups fresh watercress  
  • ⅓ cup chopped artichoke hearts, drained (in water, not oil)
  • ½ cup cream cheese at room temperature  
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme  

For Serving  

  • 4 cups broccoli florets  
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil  
  • Sea salt and pepper to taste  
Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

Instructions

  1. Preheat oven to 400ºF. Using a sharp knife, slice through the side of the chicken breasts leaving 1 inch on each side to create a pocket. Rub chicken breasts with 1 tablespoon olive oil and season with garlic powder, paprika, and sea salt on all sides. Set aside.
  2. Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil over medium heat in a medium pan. Add watercress and sauté for 2-3 minutes, until it has just begun to wilt. Add watercress to a medium mixing bowl. Add cream cheese, artichoke hearts, and thyme. Mix well.
  3. Stuff each chicken breast with cream cheese mixture. Place on a parchment paper-lined baking sheet and bake for 35 minutes.
  4. Cool for 5 minutes. Place 1 chicken breast in large compartments of 4 MPOF teal containers.
  5. Heat olive oil over medium heat in a medium pan. Add broccoli florets and cook for 6-7 minutes, covered.
  6. Divide broccoli between 4 smaller compartments and season with salt and pepper.
Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

How to Store and Reheat

To store:
Place one stuffed chicken breast and 1 cup of broccoli into each meal prep container. Store in the fridge for up to 4 days.

To reheat:
Microwave for 1-2 minutes or reheat in the oven at 350ºF for 10-12 minutes, until warmed through.


How to Freeze

You can freeze the stuffed chicken breasts (before or after baking) for up to 3 months.

  • If freezing raw: Assemble and freeze before baking, then bake directly from frozen at 400ºF for 45-50 minutes.
  • If freezing cooked: Let the chicken cool, wrap tightly, and reheat as needed.

Nutrition (Per Serving - 4 Servings Total)

Calories: 332
Protein: 37g
Carbs: 5g
Fat: 24g
Fiber: 1g

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

Helpful Tips for Perfect Stuffed Chicken

✅ Use room-temperature cream cheese - it spreads more easily and blends better with the veggies.
✅ Don't overstuff the chicken. You want the filling sealed inside so it stays creamy while baking.
✅ Swap watercress for spinach, kale, or arugula if you can't find it - they'll all work beautifully.
✅ Want to go dairy-free? Try a vegan cream cheese alternative and it'll still be delicious.

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

FAQs

Can I use chicken thighs instead of breasts?

Yes, but reduce the baking time by 5-7 minutes since thighs cook faster.

What can I serve this with besides broccoli?

It pairs great with cauliflower mash, roasted asparagus, or even a side of quinoa for extra fiber.

Can I make the filling ahead of time?

Absolutely! Prepare the watercress-artichoke mixture up to 2 days ahead and refrigerate until ready to stuff.

Final Thoughts

This Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breast recipe is everything you want in a meal prep: simple, high-protein, flavorful, and a little indulgent. It's proof that eating healthy doesn't mean eating boring.

If you love this recipe, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner to discover more meal prep recipes that make healthy eating easier and more enjoyable all week long.

For more meal prep-friendly dinners, visit our Dinner Recipe Collection.

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

Jazz up ordinary chicken with this watercress and artichoke recipe that is full of cream cheese and still low in calories! This dish is also low in carbs and keto-friendly.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 45 minutes minutes
Total Time: 1 hour hour
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Chicken, gluten free, keto, low calorie, low carb
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 332kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 4 boneless skinless chicken breasts ~ 1 pound of chicken
  • 2 tablespoon olive oil divided
  • ¼ teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
  • 2 cups fresh watercress
  • ⅓ cup chopped artichoke hearts drained
  • ½ cup cream cheese at room temperature
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme

For Serving

  • 4 cups broccoli florets
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • Sea salt and pepper to taste
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 400ºF. Using a sharp knife, slice through the side of the chicken breasts leaving 1 inch on each side to create a pocket. Rub chicken breasts with 1 tablespoon olive oil and season with garlic powder, paprika, and sea salt on all sides. Set aside.
  • Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil over medium heat in a medium pan. Add watercress and sauté for 2-3 minutes, until it has just begun to wilt. Add watercress to a medium mixing bowl. Add cream cheese, artichoke hearts, and thyme. Mix well.
  • Stuff each chicken breast with cream cheese mixture. Place on a parchment paper-lined baking sheet and bake for 35 minutes.
  • Cool for 5 minutes. Place 1 chicken breast in large compartments of 4 MPOF teal containers.
  • Heat olive oil over medium heat in a medium pan. Add broccoli florets and cook for 6-7 minutes, covered.
  • Divide broccoli between 4 smaller compartments and season with salt and pepper.

Nutrition

Calories: 332kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 37g | Fat: 24g | Fiber: 1g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Watercress and Artichoke Stuffed Chicken Breasts

The Best Pecan Pie Bars (Low Carb and Meal Prep friendly)

October 23, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

If there's one dessert that perfectly captures the cozy, festive feeling of the holidays, it's pecan pie. But let's be honest... traditional pecan pie is a sugar bomb that can leave you feeling sluggish and guilty afterward. That's why I'm excited to share these Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars, made with my go-to sugar alternative: Now Foods Organic 1:1 Monk Fruit Sweetener.

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars
Table of Contents
  • Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars Ingredients:
  • Instructions
  • How to Store Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars
  • How to Reheat
  • Ingredient Swaps and Add-Ons
  • FAQs
  • Final Thoughts

This version delivers everything you love about the classic; the nutty crunch, gooey filling, and buttery crust, but with a fraction of the carbs and no refined sugar. They're gluten-free, low glycemic, keto-friendly, and absolutely delicious year-round. Whether you're prepping for Thanksgiving, Christmas, or just need a sweet bite after lunch, these bars hit the spot.

If you're looking for more smart swaps and healthy desserts, check out our Dessert Meal Prep Collection for ideas that won't derail your goals.

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

Why You'll Love These Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

🎄 Holiday-perfect, everyday-approved: Great for gatherings, gift boxes, or weekday treats.
🌰 Nutty and nutrient-rich: Pecans and almonds pack in heart-healthy fats and fiber.
🍯 Refined sugar-free: Sweetened with organic monk fruit and erythritol for stable energy.
🥥 Naturally gluten-free: Made with almond flour and coconut oil for a crumbly, flavorful crust.
📦 Meal prep friendly: Store well in the fridge or freezer for a quick grab-and-go snack.

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars Ingredients:

For Shortbread Crust 

  • 1 ½ cups blanched almond flour  
  • ¼ cup melted coconut oil 
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract  
  • 1 tablespoon NOW foods Organic 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener  

For Pecan Filling 

  • ¼ cup whole milk  
  • 2 tablespoon coconut oil 
  • 2 tablespoon unsalted butter  
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract 
  • ½ teaspoon maple extract  
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt  
  • ¼ cup NOW Foods Organic 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener  
  • 1 cup chopped raw pecans, toasted  

For Serving, optional 

  • 2 cups blackberries  
  • ⅔ cup pomegranate seeds  
Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

Instructions

  1. Place 2 bars in 1 compartment of 8 light blue MPOF snack containers. Divide blackberries and pomegranate seeds between the remaining 8 compartments. Store in the refrigerator until enjoying.
  2. Preheat oven to 350ºF and line a 8x8 baking pan with parchment paper overlapping sides. In a medium mixing bowl, combine ingredients for shortbread crust and stir well until moistened. Pour into baking pan and press using the bottom of a glass or mug to form to the pan. Bake for 8 minutes. Cool crust at room temperature while preparing the filling
  3. For Filling: heat milk, coconut oil, butter, and NOW Foods Organic Monk Fruit Sweetener over medium heat in a saucepan until boiling, about 3-4 minutes stirring regularly.
  4. Turn heat off and stir in pecans, vanilla extract, maple extract, and sea salt. Cool mixture for 5 minutes.
  5. Pour pecan mixture over the crust evenly to completely cover crust. Bake for 15-20 minutes, until edges are bubbly and tops of pecans are lightly toasted. Remove pan from oven and cool at room temperature for 30 minutes. Transfer to refrigerator for 15-20 minutes longer to firm the filling before slicing into 16 bars.
Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

How to Store Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

In the fridge: Store in airtight containers for up to 7 days.

In the freezer: Freeze for up to 3 months. To prevent sticking, separate layers with parchment paper. Thaw overnight in the refrigerator or enjoy cold straight from the freezer for a chewy texture.


How to Reheat

While these bars are delicious cold, you can also warm them slightly in the microwave for 10-15 seconds for that just-baked flavor and a melty texture.


Ingredient Swaps and Add-Ons

  • Add a sprinkle of sea salt: Enhances the sweetness and adds a gourmet finish.
  • Nut swaps: Try walnuts or hazelnuts for a different flavor.
  • Add chocolate: Drizzle sugar-free chocolate over the top for a dessert upgrade.
  • Make it dairy-free: Use coconut oil or vegan butter instead of regular butter.
Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

FAQs

Can I use regular sugar instead of monk fruit?

Yes, but it won't be low carb. Monk fruit keeps the sweetness without affecting blood sugar levels.

Can I make this recipe egg-free?

You can substitute flax eggs (1 tablespoon ground flax + 3 tablespoon water per egg). The texture will be slightly denser but still delicious.

Can I prep these ahead for the holidays?

Absolutely. These bars freeze beautifully and can be made up to two weeks ahead of time.

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

Final Thoughts

Desserts like these Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars prove you don't have to give up your favorites to stay on track. They're everything you love about the classic holiday treat... gooey, buttery, and indulgent, just made smarter.

If you're looking for more ways to plan your week around balanced, wholesome meals, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner. It helps you save time, reduce stress, and keep your meal prep on track all year long.

And if you're craving more sweet inspiration, explore our Dessert Meal Prep Recipes next, from pumpkin scones to chia puddings, there's something for every craving.

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

Indulge your sweet tooth with these low carb pecan pie bars. They're the perfect holiday dessert that is festive without the sugar spike of traditional high-glycemic recipes. A combination of organic monk fruit and erythritol sweeten the crust and pecan filling for a guilt-free treat!
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 34 minutes minutes
Total Time: 49 minutes minutes
Course: Dessert, Snack
Cuisine: American
Diet: Gluten Free
Keyword: dessert, gluten free, keto, low carb, pecans, snack
Servings: 8 servings
Calories: 293kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

For Shortbread Crust

  • 1 ½ cups blanched almond flour
  • ¼ cup melted coconut oil
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 tablespoon NOW Foods Organic 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener

For Pecan Filling

  • ¼ cup whole milk
  • 2 tablespoon coconut oil
  • 2 tablespoon unsalted butter
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ½ teaspoon maple extract
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt
  • ¼ cup NOW Foods Organic 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener
  • 1 cup chopped raw pecans toasted

For Serving

  • 2 cups blackberries
  • ⅔ cup pomegranate seeds
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350ºF and line a 8x8 baking pan with parchment paper overlapping sides. In a medium mixing bowl, combine ingredients for shortbread crust and stir well until moistened. Pour into baking pan and press using the bottom of a glass or mug to form to the pan. Bake for 8 minutes. Cool crust at room temperature while preparing the filling
  • For Filling: heat milk, coconut oil, butter, and NOW Foods Organic Monk Fruit Sweetener over medium heat in a saucepan until boiling, about 3-4 minutes stirring regularly.
  • Turn heat off and stir in pecans, vanilla extract, maple extract, and sea salt. Cool mixture for 5 minutes.
  • Pour pecan mixture over the crust evenly to completely cover crust. Bake for 15-20 minutes, until edges are bubbly and tops of pecans are lightly toasted. Remove pan from oven and cool at room temperature for 30 minutes. Transfer to refrigerator for 15-20 minutes longer to firm the filling before slicing into 16 bars.
  • Place 2 bars in 1 compartment of 8 light blue MPOF snack containers. Divide blackberries and pomegranate seeds between the remaining 8 compartments. Store in the refrigerator until enjoying.

Video

Nutrition

Calories: 293kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 28g | Sodium: 148mg | Fiber: 8g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Low Carb Pecan Pie Bars

Greek Arugula Power Salad

October 22, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Greek Arugula Power Salad 

This zesty power salad bowl is perfect for people who are constantly on-the-go! It's quick, satisfying, and light while packing in protein and other essential nutrients. Our Greek Arugula Power Salad is perfect for lunch as a main dish, and the recipe itself takes less than 15 minutes. Who's ready to give their chicken salads a twist? 

Table of Contents
  • How long will Greek Arugula Power Salad last for?
  • Can Greek Arugula Power Salad be frozen?
  • Greek Arugula Power Salad Ingredients:
  • How do you make Greek Arugula Power Salad?
  • How to portion Greek Arugula Power Salad?
  • More power salad bowl meal prep recipes:
  • Other tips for making Greek Arugula Power Salad:

We take one pound of chicken breast and cook it in a lemon-herb dressing, then place it over 8 cups of fresh arugula and add traditional Greek salad flavors using vegetables like olives, cucumbers, onions, and tomatoes. We also add one cup of white beans to add more protein and make it into a power salad bowl.

Greek Arugula Power Salad

Lemon herb dressing doubles as a quick marinade for chicken in this Mediterranean-inspired bowl. It's rich in protein from both white beans and chicken with plenty of veggies to keep the salad interesting like feta cheese, olives, and tomatoes.

How long will Greek Arugula Power Salad last for?

Our Greek arugula power salad will last for 4 to 5 days when stored properly and placed in the refrigerator. The best way to store and preserve this meal is in our Good Cook® Meal Prep Bowl. 

Can Greek Arugula Power Salad be frozen?

You can freeze leftover salad, but store the chicken and vegetables separately. Place the salad leftovers in separate freezer bags and put the bags in one of our meal prep salad bowls.

Greek Arugula Power Salad

Greek Arugula Power Salad Ingredients:

For Lemon Herb Dressing  

  • ¼ cup olive oil  
  • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice  
  • ½ cup fresh parsley  
  • 1 tablespoon raw honey  
  • 1 teaspoon dried basil  
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme  
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt  

For Chicken 

  • 1 lb. chicken breast 
  • 2 tablespoon lemon-herb dressing  

For Salad  

  • 8 cups arugula  
  • 1 cup grape tomatoes, halved  
  • 1 cup chopped baby cucumber  
  • 1 cup white beans, drained 
  • ½ cup green olives  
  • ½ cup sliced red onion  
  • ½ cup feta cheese  
  • ⅓ cup lemon herb dressing  

For Serving

  • 4 Good Cook® meal prep bowls
Greek Arugula Power Salad

How do you make Greek Arugula Power Salad?

This power salad bowl is super easy to make! 

  1. Combine and blend the lemon-herb dressing ingredients in a blender or NutriBullet. Set aside 2 tablespoons for marinating the chicken. Pour 2 tablespoons of dressing on diced chicken and marinate in the refrigerator for 30 minutes. Put the remaining dressing in the refrigerator until you're ready to pack the salad.
  2. Cook marinated chicken in a cast-iron skillet for 10 to 15 minutes. Once cooked, let the chicken cool for five minutes. 
  3. Grab your arugula, onions, tomatoes, beans, and olives and combine everything in a bowl.

If you want to make healthy, home-cooked meals like this part of your regular routine, the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner is your secret weapon. It gives you the recipes, grocery lists, and structure to keep dinner stress-free (and way more delicious).

Greek Arugula Power Salad

How to portion Greek Arugula Power Salad?

Put 2 cups of arugula into four containers and top with tomatoes, cucumber, beans, olives, feta cheese, red onion, and chicken. Pack dressing into 4 sauce cups and store them with your power salad bowls. When you're done with portioning, place your meals in the refrigerator until you're ready to take them with you for lunch. 

More power salad bowl meal prep recipes:

Power salad bowls are easy lunches that make you feel unstoppable thanks to their nutritional content. Here's a few more!

  • Middle Eastern Breakfast Salad Bowls
  • Fall Harvest Power Salad
  • Kale Steak Power Salad 
  • Thai Crunch Quinoa Grain Bowl Bowl
Greek Arugula Power Salad

Other tips for making Greek Arugula Power Salad:

  • Drain excess dressing from marinated chicken before cooking so you don't have a soggy power salad bowl. 
  • You can freeze salad bowls, but doing so can make them less flavorful. 
  • Cut your chicken, tomatoes, and onions into bite-sized portions. 
  • Use dry arugula. Wash, drain, and pat dry or use pre-washed, bagged arugula. 
  • Drizzle your salad with dressing, then toss and mix your salad well right before eating.
Greek Arugula Power Salad
Greek Arugula Power Salad

Greek Arugula Power Salad

Lemon herb dressing doubles as a quick marinade for chicken in this Mediterranean-inspired bowl. It's rich in protein from both white beans and chicken with plenty of veggies to keep the salad interesting like feta cheese, olives and tomatoes.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 14 minutes minutes
Total Time: 24 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: American, Greek
Diet: Gluten Free
Keyword: cheese, Chicken, gluten free, high protein, power bowl, salad
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 416kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

For Lemon Herb Dressing

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice
  • ½ cup fresh parsley
  • 1 tablespoon raw honey
  • 1 teaspoon dried basil
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt

For Chicken

  • 1 lb. chicken breast
  • 2 tablespoon lemon-herb dressing from recipe above

For Salad

  • 8 cups arugula
  • 1 cup grape tomatoes halved
  • 1 cup chopped baby cucumber
  • 1 cup white beans drained
  • ½ cup green olives
  • ½ cup sliced red onion
  • ½ cup feta cheese
  • ⅓ cup lemon herb dressing recipe above
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

For Dressing

  • Combine ingredients for dressing in a blender or Nutri-bullet and blend until smooth. Refrigerate until serving.

For Chicken and Salads

  • Add diced chicken and 2 tablespoons of dressing to a small bowl, stir to coat chicken. Marinate for 30 minutes in the refrigerator.
  • Heat a cast-iron skillet over medium heat for 2 minutes. Drain excess marinade from chicken and add to hot skillet. Cook until chicken is golden brown on all sides, about 10-12 minutes stirring occasionally. Cool at room temperature for 5 minutes.
  • Add 2 cups arugula to 4 GoodCook round containers and top with tomatoes, cucumber, beans, olives, feta cheese, red onion, and chicken. Add dressing to 4 sauce cups included in the package. Store in refrigerator until enjoying.

Video

Nutrition

Calories: 416kcal | Carbohydrates: 53g | Protein: 33g | Fat: 20g | Fiber: 14g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

Low Carb Hamburger Helper

October 19, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

Low Carb Hamburger Helper

There's something so comforting about a warm, cheesy bowl of Hamburger Helper - it's quick, filling, and full of nostalgia. But if you've ever checked the label on the boxed version, you know it's packed with sodium, preservatives, and ingredients you can't pronounce.

Table of Contents
  • Why You'll Love This Recipe
  • Low Carb Hamburger Helper Ingredients: 
  • How to Make Low Carb Hamburger Helper
    • Step 1: Cook the Beef
    • Step 2: Build the Sauce
    • Step 3: Add the Cheese
    • Step 4: Add the Noodles
    • Step 5: Serve or Store
  • How to Store
  • Tips for the Best Low Carb Hamburger Helper
  • Nutrition (Per Serving - 4 Servings Total)
  • FAQs
  • More gluten-free and/or low-carb pasta meal prep recipes:
  • Final Thoughts
Low Carb Hamburger Helper

That's why we're bringing you this Low Carb Hamburger Helper... a homemade, healthier spin on a family favorite that's gluten-free, lower in carbs, and every bit as satisfying. It's the perfect way to enjoy that classic creamy, beefy flavor while sticking to your goals.

This recipe keeps all the cozy comfort and cuts out everything you don't want, no boxed seasoning, no mystery powder, just real food that tastes incredible and preps like a dream.

If you love easy, balanced recipes like this one, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner, it helps you plan, prep, and eat delicious homemade meals every week without the stress.


Why You'll Love This Recipe

🍲 Comfort food made healthy: All the flavor of traditional Hamburger Helper, but without the extra carbs or preservatives.
🥩 Protein-packed: Lean ground beef keeps it hearty and filling.
🧀 Creamy, cheesy goodness: Melted cheddar and savory tomato sauce make every bite cozy.
⏱ Meal prep friendly: Stores beautifully for up to 5 days or freezes for future lunches.

Low Carb Hamburger Helper

Low Carb Hamburger Helper Ingredients: 

  • 1 lb. 96% lean ground beef  
  • ½ cup chopped sweet white onion 
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder 
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • 1 teaspoon sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper 
  • 2 tablespoon tomato paste 
  • 1 teaspoon yellow mustard
  • ⅔ cup whole milk
  • ½ cup beef broth
  • 1 teaspoon coconut sugar 
  • 1 ½ cups shredded cheddar cheese 
  • 2 (14oz) cans Palmini linguini noodles, drained 
  • 2 tablespoon chopped parsley 
Low Carb Hamburger Helper

How to Make Low Carb Hamburger Helper

Step 1: Cook the Beef

In a large skillet, brown the ground beef over medium heat for about 8 minutes. Add the chopped onion, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and pepper as it cooks.

Step 2: Build the Sauce

Once the beef is browned, stir in the tomato paste, yellow mustard, milk, beef broth, and coconut sugar. Stir well to combine.

Step 3: Add the Cheese

Reduce heat to low and stir in the shredded cheddar until it's fully melted and the sauce becomes thick and creamy.

Step 4: Add the Noodles

Add the drained Palmini linguini noodles and stir until everything is evenly coated. Let it simmer for 3-4 minutes so the flavors come together.

Step 5: Serve or Store

Divide into four one-compartment meal prep containers and garnish with fresh parsley. Let cool completely before sealing and refrigerating.


How to Store

In the fridge: Store in airtight containers for up to 5 days. Reheat in the microwave or on the stovetop over low heat with a splash of milk or broth to bring back the creaminess.

In the freezer: This dish freezes beautifully! Store in freezer-safe containers or bags for up to 2 months. Thaw overnight in the fridge before reheating.

Low Carb Hamburger Helper

Tips for the Best Low Carb Hamburger Helper

✅ Add more sauce before freezing. This helps the noodles stay creamy when reheated.
✅ Swap in ground turkey or chicken for a leaner version.
✅ Add frozen or sautéed veggies like spinach, bell peppers, or mushrooms for extra nutrients.
✅ Palmini noodles keep best when drained and rinsed. Once removed from their citric water, they'll last up to 5 days in the fridge, or 2 weeks if left in the liquid.


Nutrition (Per Serving - 4 Servings Total)

Calories: 410
Protein: 37g
Carbs: 11g
Fat: 23g
Fiber: 4g

FAQs

Can I use regular pasta?

Absolutely. Use your favorite gluten-free or whole-grain noodles if carbs aren't a concern. Adjust cooking time accordingly.

Is it dairy-free?

You can make it dairy-free by swapping the cheddar for vegan cheese and the milk for almond or oat milk.

Can I add more vegetables?

Yes! Frozen peas, chopped spinach, or diced zucchini make great additions. Just stir them in during the final few minutes of cooking.

Low Carb Hamburger Helper

More gluten-free and/or low-carb pasta meal prep recipes:

If you enjoy this meal prep idea, have a look at more of our low-carb and/or gluten-free pasta recipes! 

  • Gluten Free Caesar Pasta Salad Meal Prep
  • Low Carb Lasagna Meal Prep
  • Honey Garlic Mushroom Meatballs
  • Balsamic Caprese Chicken
  • One Pan Mushroom Tetrazzini
  • Tasty Thai Chili Garlic "Noodles" 
  • Eggplant Meatballs and Zoodle Meal Prep
  • One Skillet Spaghetti Squash & Meatballs

Final Thoughts

This Low Carb Hamburger Helper is the perfect mix of classic comfort and modern health. It's quick, family-friendly, and built for meal prep - whether you're feeding the whole crew or stocking your fridge for the week.

If you want to make healthy, home-cooked meals like this part of your regular routine, the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner is your secret weapon. It gives you the recipes, grocery lists, and structure to keep dinner stress-free (and way more delicious).

Low Carb Hamburger Helper

Low Carb Hamburger Helper

This better-than-boxed low carb hamburger helper ditches wheat noodles in favor of hearts of palm noodles for a protein and veggie rich dish complete with cheesy flavor in every bite.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 19 minutes minutes
Total Time: 29 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Course
Cuisine: American
Keyword: Beef, dinner, gluten free, low carb, lunch, Meal Prep
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 388kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 1 lb. 96% lean ground beef
  • ½ cup chopped sweet white onion
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • 1 teaspoon sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 tablespoon tomato paste
  • 1 teaspoon yellow mustard
  • ⅔ cup whole milk
  • ½ cup beef broth
  • 1 teaspoon coconut sugar
  • 1 ½ cups shredded cheddar cheese
  • 2 cans Palmini linguini noodles drained (sometimes these are found in pouches, too)
  • 2 tablespoon chopped parsley
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Heat a large sauté pan over medium heat. Add ground beef and use a spatula to breakup into small pieces. Add onion, garlic powder, paprika, sea salt and black pepper. Brown for 8 minutes, stirring regularly.
    Low Carb Hamburger Helper
  • Stir in tomato paste, yellow mustard, milk, beef broth and coconut sugar. Bring to a low boil and cover with lid. Reduce heat to medium low and simmer for 5-7 minutes to cook onions and beef through, stirring occasionally. Stir in cheddar cheese until melted and thoroughly incorporated, about 2 minutes. Gently stir in Palmini noodles until coated with sauce and heated, 2 minutes.
  • Divide mixture between 4 black MPOF containers and garnish with chopped parsley. Cool for 10 minutes before covering. Refrigerate until serving.
    Low Carb Hamburger Helper

Notes

*Palmini noodles can be swapped for zucchini noodles, rices cauliflower, or even regular pasta, if desired. These swaps will effect the nutrition count. 
__
WW Smart Points= Green:12  Blue:10  Purple:10

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 388kcal | Carbohydrates: 11.8g | Protein: 40.3g | Fat: 19.6g | Fiber: 4.1g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

 

Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

October 18, 2025 by Nick Quintero 9 Comments

Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

If you've been craving a recipe that's cozy, hearty, and plant-based, this one's for you. Our Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep is full of rich flavor and layered with classic Mexican-inspired ingredients like black beans, jalapeño, tomatoes, and warm spices.

Table of Contents
  • Why You'll Love This Recipe
  • Ingredients
  • How to Make Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole
    • Step 1: Preheat and Prep
    • Step 2: Mix the Filling
    • Step 3: Layer the Casserole
    • Step 4: Bake
    • Step 5: Cool and Portion
  • How to Store Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole
  • Tips for Perfect Meal Prep
  • More Butternut Squash & Casserole meal prep recipes:
  • Nutrition (Per Serving - 3 servings total)
  • FAQs
  • Final Thoughts
Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

It's a comforting, nutrient-packed breakfast or lunch option that's perfect for meal prep season. Even better? It only takes 20 minutes of active prep time and holds up beautifully in the fridge - the kind of recipe that somehow tastes even better the next day.

And if you love simple, balanced meal prep recipes like this one, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner, it's a time-saving tool that makes weekly planning and grocery shopping feel effortless.

Why You'll Love This Recipe

🌱 Vegan + Gluten-Free: No dairy, no meat, and made with gluten-free tortillas for a recipe that works for almost any diet.
🔥 Big Mexican Flavor: Jalapeño, salsa, and cumin bring heat and depth to every bite.
🍠 Full of Nourishing Ingredients: Butternut squash, black beans, and tomatoes come together for a hearty, nutrient-dense base.
⏱ Meal Prep Friendly: The casserole holds its shape perfectly and actually tastes better after a day or two in the fridge.

Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

Ingredients

  • 2 cups cubed butternut squash (fresh or frozen)
  • 1 cup canned diced tomatoes
  • 1 small onion, diced
  • 1 jalapeño, minced (optional for heat)
  • 1 cup canned black beans, rinsed and drained
  • ½ cup salsa (your favorite variety)
  • ½ teaspoon cumin
  • ½ teaspoon smoked paprika
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 gluten-free tortillas, quartered (or flour/corn if preferred)
  • ½ cup shredded vegan cheese (or regular cheese if not vegan)
  • Olive oil spray (for the baking dish)
Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep Dish

How to Make Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole

Step 1: Preheat and Prep

Preheat your oven to 375°F. Lightly coat an 8x8-inch baking dish with olive oil spray. Add a thin layer of diced tomatoes to the bottom of the dish - this keeps the tortillas from sticking and adds moisture.

Step 2: Mix the Filling

In a large mixing bowl, combine the butternut squash, black beans, onion, jalapeño, salsa, cumin, smoked paprika, salt, and pepper. Stir well until everything is evenly coated in seasoning.

Step 3: Layer the Casserole

Start by adding a layer of tortilla quarters to the baking dish, then spread half of the butternut squash mixture on top. Repeat with another layer of tortillas and the remaining mixture.

Step 4: Bake

Cover the dish with foil and bake for 17 minutes. Remove the foil, sprinkle with vegan cheese, and return to the oven for an additional 3 minutes until the cheese is melted and bubbly.

Step 5: Cool and Portion

Let the casserole cool for 5 minutes before slicing. Divide into 3 portions and transfer to meal prep containers.


How to Store Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole

  • In the Fridge: Store in airtight containers for up to 4 days.
  • In the Freezer: Freeze for up to 3 months. Defrost overnight in the refrigerator before reheating.

To reheat, microwave for 1-2 minutes or bake at 350°F for about 10 minutes until warmed through.

Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

Tips for Perfect Meal Prep

Use fresh toppings: When serving, add sliced avocado, cilantro, or a dollop of dairy-free yogurt for added flavor and texture.

Don't overcook the squash: If you plan to freeze, slightly undercook the butternut squash so it stays firm when reheated.

Add protein (optional): Not vegan? Try adding cooked ground turkey or beef between layers for an extra protein boost.

More Butternut Squash & Casserole meal prep recipes:

  • MPOF has 25 Easy Butternut Squash Recipes!
  • For squash-inspired adventures, check out 10 Healthy Alternatives to Mashed Potatoes
  • Mexican Whole Grain Rice & Quinoa Casserole Meal Prep
  • Dive into 21 Amazing Low-Calorie Casserole Recipes

Nutrition (Per Serving - 3 servings total)

Calories: 385
Protein: 13g
Carbohydrates: 56g
Fat: 10g
Fiber: 11g

FAQs

Can I make this ahead of time?

Yes! You can prep and bake the casserole up to 2 days ahead. Reheat individual portions or enjoy cold, it tastes great both ways.

Can I make this recipe spicier?

Absolutely. Add extra jalapeño, hot salsa, or even a drizzle of chipotle sauce for extra heat.

Can I use another type of squash?

Yes, acorn squash or sweet potatoes both work beautifully in this recipe.

Final Thoughts

This Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep is proof that plant-based eating doesn't have to be complicated. It's warm, filling, and loaded with real, nourishing ingredients - no processed shortcuts here.

If you're looking to add more easy, balanced vegan meals to your weekly rotation, the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner is the best place to start. It helps you plan and prep ahead so you can eat well all week long - without stress or guesswork.

Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep Idea

Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

Vegan Mexican Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep! Layered with black beans, tomatoes and Mexican flavors this 20-minute casserole is big on taste with minimal effort.   
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 20 minutes minutes
Total Time: 30 minutes minutes
Course: Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: Mexican
Keyword: Meal Prep
Servings: 3 servings
Calories: 385kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 2 cups butternut squash cubed in 1-inch pieces
  • 3 tablespoon white onion diced
  • 1 Jalapeno diced
  • 15 ounces black beans rinsed and drained
  • 15 ounces diced tomatoes can sub with salsa
  • 1 teaspoon cumin
  • 3 large gluten-free tortillas vegan-friendly, if needed
  • ¼ cup vegan cheese can sub regular, if not vegan
  • 1 cup fresh cilantro or parsley
  • salt & pepper to taste
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 F. Prepare a 9x13" baking dish by place a thin layer of the canned tomatoes on the bottom.
  • In a large mixing bowl, combine the butternut squash, white onion, jalapeno, black beans, cilantro, cumin, salt, and remaining tomatoes. Stir to combine the ingredients.
  • Layer 4 of the tortilla quarters on the bottom of the baking dish then place a layer of the butternut squash mixture over it to cover. Repeat 2 times for 3 layers in total.
  • Bake at 350 F 17 minutes then layer with the Vegan cheese over the top and bake another 3 minutes.
  • Remove from the oven and let the casserole sit 5 minutes prior slicing into 3 large slices.

Video

Notes

WW Smart Points= Green:8  Blue:5  Purple:5
__
 
Nutrition for 1 out of 3 large servings:
16g Protein | 5g Fat | 69g Carbs

Nutrition

Serving: 1serving | Calories: 385kcal | Carbohydrates: 69g | Protein: 16g | Fat: 5g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

Kale and Steak Power Salad 

October 16, 2025 by Nick Quintero 5 Comments

Kale Steak Power Salad 

If you're anything like me, you love a salad that's actually satisfying... not just a few greens and dressing that leave you hungry an hour later. That's why this Kale and Steak Power Salad has become one of my go-to meal preps. It's hearty, colorful, and full of bold flavors that hit every note: tangy, crunchy, creamy, and savory.

Table of Contents
  • Why You'll Love This Kale and Steak Power Salad
  • Ingredients:
  • How to Make Kale and Steak Power Salad
    • Step 1: Make the Lemon Herb Dressing
    • Step 2: Roast the Veggies
    • Step 3: Cook the Steak
    • Step 4: Assemble the Salads
  • How to Store Kale and Steak Power Salad
  • How to Reheat
  • Nutrition (Per Serving)
  • More power salad meal prep recipes:
  • Other tips for making Kale Steak Power Salad:
  • FAQs
  • Final Thoughts
Kale Steak Power Salad

Between the perfectly seared steak, sweet roasted veggies, and creamy blue cheese crumbles, this salad proves that meal prep can taste restaurant-worthy. And when you pair it with a fresh lemon-herb dressing, it's downright addictive.

If you love having organized, balanced meals ready for the week, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner, it's my favorite way to simplify planning, grocery shopping, and cooking while keeping food exciting

Why You'll Love This Kale and Steak Power Salad

This salad isn't just "healthy" - it's powerful. Every ingredient has a purpose:

  • Kale brings a sturdy crunch that holds up beautifully in the fridge (no sad, soggy greens here).
  • Steak adds a satisfying dose of protein to keep you fueled and focused.
  • Sweet potatoes deliver slow-digesting carbs, fiber, and vitamin A for sustained energy.
  • Fennel adds a subtle licorice bite for depth and freshness.
  • Blue cheese ties it all together with tangy creaminess.
  • Pecans bring that perfect nutty crunch and healthy fats.

It's everything you want in a lunch that keeps you full without slowing you down.

Kale Steak Power Salad

Ingredients:

For the lemon herb dressing:

  • ¼ cup olive oil  
  • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice  
  • ½ cup fresh parsley  
  • 1 tablespoon raw honey  
  • 1 teaspoon dried basil  
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme  
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt  

And for the steak:

  • 2 teaspoon olive oil for greasing  
  • 1 lb. sirloin or strip steak 
  • 1 teaspoon sea salt 
  • ¼ teaspoon cracked black pepper  

Everything else you need for the salad:

  • 2 tablespoon olive oil 
  • 2 cups chopped sweet potatoes  
  • 2 cups halved Brussels sprouts  
  • 8 cups shredded kale  
  • ½ cup thinly sliced fennel bulb 
  • ½ cup blue cheese 
  • ⅓ cup chopped pecans 
  • ½ cup lemon herb dressing (above)  

For Serving

4 Good Cook ®meal prep bowls

Kale Steak Power Salad

How to Make Kale and Steak Power Salad

Step 1: Make the Lemon Herb Dressing

In a blender or NutriBullet, combine all the dressing ingredients and blend until smooth. You can make this ahead of time, it stores well for up to a week in the fridge.

Step 2: Roast the Veggies

Preheat your oven to 400°F and line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Toss the chopped sweet potatoes and Brussels sprouts in 2 tablespoon olive oil and a pinch of salt. Roast for 25 minutes until fork-tender and slightly caramelized.

Step 3: Cook the Steak

Heat a cast-iron skillet or griddle over medium heat and grease with olive oil. Season the steak with salt and pepper, then sear for 4-5 minutes per side for medium doneness (adjust for your preference). Let it rest for 5 minutes before slicing thinly against the grain.

👉 Griddle method: If you're cooking for a crowd or batch-prepping multiple steaks, the griddle works beautifully. Preheat to medium-high, brush lightly with oil, and cook 3-4 minutes per side. You'll get a perfect sear with less cleanup and extra room for your roasted veggies!

Step 4: Assemble the Salads

Divide the kale evenly among your four GoodCook® meal prep bowls. Top each with sliced steak, roasted sweet potatoes, Brussels sprouts, fennel, blue cheese, and pecans.

Pour the lemon herb dressing into small condiment cups and store separately to keep everything crisp until you're ready to eat.

Kale Steak Power Salad

How to Store Kale and Steak Power Salad

  • Fridge: Store in airtight meal prep containers for 3-4 days. Keep the dressing separate until just before serving.
  • Freezer: Only the steak can be frozen. For the veggies, undercook slightly before freezing to help them reheat without getting mushy. The kale and dressing should always be added fresh.

If you want to prep ahead: cook the steak and roast the vegetables in advance, then assemble everything the night before eating.


How to Reheat

This salad can be enjoyed hot or cold!

  • For a warm version, reheat the steak and veggies in the microwave or on a skillet for 1-2 minutes, then toss with kale and dressing.
  • For a cold version, just mix everything straight from the fridge for a refreshing, high-protein lunch.

Nutrition (Per Serving)

Calories: ~520
Protein: 38g
Carbs: 24g
Fat: 30g
Fiber: 6g

More power salad meal prep recipes:

  • Greek Arugula Power Salad
  • Fall Harvest Power Salad
  • Whole30 Bacon & Strawberry Breakfast Salad
  • Fall Harvest Sausage Salad
  • Middle Eastern Breakfast Salad Bowls
  • Thai Crunch Quinoa Grain Bowl Bowl
Kale Steak Power Salad

Other tips for making Kale Steak Power Salad:

  • Make a batch of lemon-herb dressing ahead of time. You can find it in other power salads like the 3 Easy Power Salad Bowl Meal Prep Recipes here. 
  • You can freeze salad bowls, but doing so can make them less flavorful. The kale in particular won't come back to life well.
  • Cut your steak and vegetables into bite-sized portions. 
  • Use dry kale. Wash, drain, and pat dry or use pre-washed, bagged kale.
  • Drizzle your salad with dressing, then toss and mix your salad well right before eating.

FAQs

Can I use a different protein?

Yes! Grilled chicken, shrimp, or tofu all work great with the lemon-herb dressing and roasted veggies.

Is this salad gluten-free?

It sure is! Just double-check that your blue cheese and pecans are labeled gluten-free if you're sensitive.

Can I swap out the blue cheese?

Absolutely. Goat cheese or feta make great substitutes if you prefer a milder flavor.

Final Thoughts

This Kale and Steak Power Salad hits every craving: bold flavor, protein-packed satisfaction, and a balance of textures that keeps each bite interesting. Whether you prep it for work lunches or a post-workout dinner, it's a meal that leaves you energized - not sluggish.

And if you want to make meal prep this easy every week, take the guesswork out of planning with the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner. You'll get fresh recipes, organized grocery lists, and a system that actually makes eating well simple.

Kale Steak Power Salad

Kale Steak Power Salad

This steak and blue cheese bowl is full of rich flavor that keeps your taste buds guessing! Crunchy fennel adds licorice depth while tangy blue cheese complements the robust steak. This salad is great for cooler months with comforting roasted Brussels sprouts and sweet potatoes.
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 37 minutes minutes
Total Time: 47 minutes minutes
Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: American
Diet: Gluten Free
Keyword: gluten free, high protein, power bowl, salad, Steak
Servings: 4 meals
Calories: 631kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

For Lemon Herb Dressing

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • ¼ cup fresh lemon juice
  • ½ cup fresh parsley
  • 1 tablespoon raw honey
  • 1 teaspoon dried basil
  • 1 teaspoon dried thyme
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt

For Steak

  • 2 teaspoon olive oil for greasing
  • 1 lb. sirloin or strip steak
  • 1 teaspoon sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon cracked black pepper

For Salad

  • 2 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2 cups chopped sweet potatoes
  • 2 cups halved Brussels sprouts
  • 8 cups shredded kale
  • ½ cup thinly sliced fennel bulb
  • ½ cup blue cheese
  • ⅓ cup chopped pecans
  • ½ cup lemon herb dressing above
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

For Dressing

  • Combine ingredients for dressing in a blender or Nutri-bullet and blend until smooth. Refrigerate until serving.

For Salads

  • Preheat oven to 400ºF and lime a medium baking sheet with parchment paper. Add Brussels sprouts and sweet potato. Drizzle with olive oil and season with sea salt and pepper. Gently toss with hands to coat. Roast for 25 minutes, stirring halfway through cooking. Remove from oven and cool at room temperature while cooking steak.
  • Heat olive oil over medium-high heat in a cast-iron pan for 2 minutes. Season steaks with salt and pepper on both sides. Place onto the hot pan and sear for 4-5 minutes on each side, depending on thickness and desired doneness (rare, medium, well). Rest steaks on a cutting board for 5 minutes.
  • Add 2 cups of kale to 4 GoodCook round containers and top with fennel, roasted vegetables, pecans, blue cheese and sliced steak. Add dressing to 4 sauce cups included in the package. Store in refrigerator until enjoying.  

Video

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 631kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 48g | Fat: 39g | Fiber: 9g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Kale Steak Power Salad

High Protein Breakfast Bowl (Individual Omelette Bowls)

October 15, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

High Protein Breakfast Bowl cover photo

Tired of the same old breakfast routine? This High Protein Breakfast Bowl is packed with flavor, color, and nutrients... everything you want in a quick, healthy meal prep breakfast.

Table of Contents
  • Why You'll Love This High Protein Breakfast Bowl
  • High Protein Breakfast Bowl Recipe
    • Ingredients
    • Instructions
  • How to Store Your High Protein Breakfast Bowl
  • How to Reheat
  • Tips & Swaps for Your Breakfast Bowl
  • Frequently Asked Questions: Omelette Bowls
  • More Easy Breakfast Meal Prep Recipes

I made these using Pete and Gerry's organic, pasture-raised eggs because they're a clean protein source you can truly feel good about. Their hens roam outdoors on family farms, with no hormones, antibiotics, synthetic pesticides, or GMOs - which means rich, flavorful yolks you can see and taste. 🌱✨

Whether you're feeding the whole family or meal prepping for the week, this high protein breakfast bowl makes mornings effortless. Bake once, store, and enjoy a satisfying, ready-to-eat meal all week long.

Why You'll Love This High Protein Breakfast Bowl

  • ✅ Protein-packed: Each bowl is loaded with clean, sustainable protein from pasture-raised eggs and ham.
  • 🕒 Meal-prep friendly: Make them once, and you've got breakfast ready for several days.
  • 🥦 Veggie-loaded: Bell pepper, mushrooms, and watercress add color, fiber, and freshness.
  • 💚 Customizable: Swap in your favorite veggies, cheese, or protein.

High Protein Breakfast Bowl Recipe

Servings: 3
Prep Time: 10 minutes
Cook Time: 30-35 minutes
Total Time: 45 minutes

Ingredients

  • 9 pasture-raised eggs (I used @peteandgerrys)
  • 1 large bell pepper, diced
  • 1 cup mushrooms, chopped
  • 1 cup packed watercress
  • 6 oz ham, diced
  • ¾ cup milk (divided)
  • ½ cup shredded cheese
  • Salt and pepper, to taste

Instructions

  1. Preheat oven to 400°F.
  2. Whisk eggs and milk together in a large bowl until combined. Season with salt and pepper.
  3. Pour mixture evenly into 3 oven-safe ramekins or bowls.
  4. Add bell pepper, mushrooms, watercress, ham, and cheese.
  5. Bake 30-35 minutes, or until the eggs are set and golden on top.
  6. Let cool before covering and storing for meal prep.

How to Store Your High Protein Breakfast Bowl

Allow the bowls to cool completely, then cover tightly or store with lids.
Keep in the refrigerator for up to 4 days.

How to Reheat

Microwave each bowl for 45-60 seconds, or until heated through.
Or reheat in the oven at 350°F for 10 minutes if you prefer crisp edges.

Tips & Swaps for Your Breakfast Bowl

  • Dairy-free? Skip the cheese or use a plant-based alternative.
  • Veggie swap: Try spinach, kale, or zucchini in place of watercress.
  • Protein swap: Sub ham for turkey sausage, bacon, or tofu.

Frequently Asked Questions: Omelette Bowls

Can I make these omelette bowls ahead of time?

Yes! These omelette bowls are perfect for meal prep. You can bake them up to 4 days in advance and store them in airtight containers in the refrigerator. Just reheat when ready to enjoy.

Can I freeze the omelette bowls?

You can! Let the bowls cool completely, then wrap tightly in plastic wrap or transfer to freezer-safe containers. Freeze for up to 2 months. Reheat in the microwave or oven until hot throughout.

What's the best way to reheat omelette bowls?

For a quick option, microwave for 45-60 seconds. For crisp edges, reheat in the oven at 350°F for 10-12 minutes. Avoid overcooking to keep the eggs fluffy.

Can I use egg whites instead of whole eggs?

Absolutely. Replace some or all of the whole eggs with liquid egg whites if you want to reduce fat while keeping the protein high. You may need to reduce baking time slightly since egg whites cook faster.

What other ingredients can I add to my omelette bowls?

Get creative! Try spinach, onions, zucchini, turkey bacon, or even leftover roasted veggies. Just make sure to dice or chop everything evenly so it cooks through.

Can I make these dairy-free or vegetarian?

Yes! For dairy-free, skip the cheese or use a dairy-free alternative. For vegetarian, simply omit the ham or replace it with diced plant-based sausage or extra veggies.

More Easy Breakfast Meal Prep Recipes

  • High-Protein Egg Salad Jars
  • Sweet Potato Breakfast Hash Bowls
  • Pumpkin Pie Overnight Oats

👉 Want more high protein breakfast bowl ideas and easy meal prep recipes you'll actually look forward to eating?
Follow Meal Prep on Fleek on Instagram or check out our Breakfast Recipe collection.

Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep (Griddle or Skillet Method)

October 12, 2025 by Nick Quintero 11 Comments

Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

We're taking a classic comfort food and making it meal-prep friendly! This Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep delivers all the bold, savory, cheesy flavor you love, without the heavy bread or carb overload. Think of it like your favorite cheesesteak… in a bowl.

The traditional Philly cheesesteak clocks in around 900 calories and 80 grams of carbs, but this lighter version keeps the flavor while cutting the extras. It's high in protein, gluten-free, and easy to prep ahead of time, perfect for work lunches or quick weeknight dinners.

Table of Contents
  • A Little Cheesesteak History
  • Why You'll Love This Recipe
    • Ingredients
  • How to Make Low-Carb Philly Cheesesteak (Two Methods)
    • Skillet Method
    • Griddle Method (Meal Prep Pro Tip)
  • Storage and Reheating
    • Nutrition (Per Serving)
  • FAQs
  • Try This Next
  • More Awesome Steak Meal Preps to Try!
  • Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

A Little Cheesesteak History

According to Visit Philadelphia, the original cheesesteak was created in the 1930s by brothers Pat and Harry Olivieri, who swapped their usual hot dogs for thin-sliced steak and onions on a roll. A passing cab driver loved it so much he asked for one, and the rest is history. The iconic Pat's King of Steaks still stands in South Philly today, open 24/7!

While we respect the OG, this low-carb twist brings the Philly flavor home... no bun required.

Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

Why You'll Love This Recipe

🥩 Protein-packed - tender, juicy sirloin with melty provolone.
🥦 Low-carb & gluten-free - loaded with veggies instead of bread.
🔥 Quick & easy - ready in about 15 minutes, with just one pan (or griddle!).
🥘 Perfect for meal prep - reheats beautifully and stays flavorful all week.


Ingredients

  • Fresh herbs, for garnish (optional)
  • 12 oz grass-fed sirloin steak, thinly sliced
  • ½ tablespoon olive oil (plus more if needed)
  • 1 medium bell pepper, thinly sliced
  • 1 medium onion, thinly sliced
  • 6 oz portobello mushrooms, sliced
  • 2 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
  • Salt and pepper, to taste
  • 3 slices provolone cheese
Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

How to Make Low-Carb Philly Cheesesteak (Two Methods)

Skillet Method

  1. Serve or portion: Garnish with herbs, divide into containers, and let cool before refrigerating.
  2. Prep the veggies: Slice your onions, peppers, and mushrooms.
  3. Cook the vegetables: Heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Add onions and bell peppers and cook for 5 minutes, stirring occasionally. Add mushrooms and cook for another 3 minutes until tender. Remove and set aside.
  4. Sear the steak: In the same skillet, add sliced steak, season with salt and pepper, and cook for 3-4 minutes until browned.
  5. Combine & melt: Add the vegetables back in, pour in Worcestershire sauce, and stir to coat. Lay slices of provolone on top, cover for 1 minute until melted.
Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep
Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep
Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

Griddle Method (Meal Prep Pro Tip)

Using a flat-top griddle or Charbroil Pro Series Grill w/Griddle attachment lets you cook everything faster, and you'll get that authentic "grilled steak shop" sear.

  1. Preheat your griddle to medium-high (around 400°F). Lightly oil the surface.
  2. Cook the veggies: Place onions, peppers, and mushrooms in separate zones. Sauté for 5-6 minutes, flipping with a metal spatula until caramelized.
  3. Add the steak: On an open area of the griddle, add the thinly sliced sirloin. Season and sear quickly for 2-3 minutes.
  4. Combine and melt: Mix steak and veggies together, drizzle Worcestershire over the pile, and layer provolone slices on top. Cover with a metal dome for 30-45 seconds to steam and melt the cheese.
  5. Serve: Use a large spatula to scoop servings directly into your meal prep containers.

💡 Pro tip: The griddle method works perfectly if you're cooking for multiple people or want to meal prep several portions at once. Cleanup is quick... just scrape, oil, and wipe!

Storage and Reheating

  • Fridge: Store in airtight meal prep containers for up to 4 days.
  • Freezer: You can freeze, but it's best enjoyed fresh within a few days.
  • Reheat: Microwave 1-2 minutes or reheat on a skillet/griddle over low heat until warmed through. Add a bit more cheese or a splash of Worcestershire for extra flavor.

Nutrition (Per Serving)

Calories: ~410 | Protein: 38g | Carbs: 10g | Fat: 24g

Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

FAQs

Can I use chicken instead of beef?

Absolutely. Thin-sliced chicken breast or thighs work great for a leaner option.

What cheese is best?

Provolone is the most authentic, but mozzarella or white American also work well.

Can I add toppings?

Yes! Sautéed jalapeños, banana peppers, or even a drizzle of spicy mayo all pair beautifully.

Try This Next

If you liked this Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep, you'll love our High-Protein Beef Meal Prep Recipes and Sheet Pan Dinners for even more quick, satisfying meal prep inspiration.

And if you want to take the guesswork out of meal planning, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner - your all-in-one system for stress-free weekly meal prep.

More Awesome Steak Meal Preps to Try!

  • Philly Cheesesteak Breakfast Casserole
  • Sheet Pan Philly Cheesesteak
  • Freezer-Friendly Steakhouse Chili
  • Steak and Avocado Salad Bowl
  • Steak and Broccoli Stir Fry
  • Sheet Pan Steak and Veggies
  • Steak and Sweet Potato Meal Prep Combo
Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep

Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep is a fast, simple and flavorful recipe that is made with only 7 ingredients. A gluten-free recipe that comes together in less than 15 minutes and works for lunch or dinner. 
Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
Prevent your screen from going dark
Prep Time: 5 minutes minutes
Cook Time: 10 minutes minutes
Total Time: 15 minutes minutes
Course: Lunch, Main Dish
Cuisine: American
Diet: Gluten Free
Keyword: Beef, Meal Prep
Servings: 3 meals
Calories: 310kcal
Author: Nick Quintero

Ingredients

  • 12 ounces grass fed sirloin steak or steak of choice (can sub chicken), thinly sliced
  • ½ tbs olive oil
  • 1 medium bell pepper sliced
  • 1 medium onion sliced
  • 6 ounces portobello mushrooms sliced
  • 2 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
  • 3 slices provolone cheese
  • Salt to taste
  • Black pepper to taste
Get Recipe Ingredients

Instructions

  • Heat oil in a nonstick skillet over medium heat. Add the sirloin steak and cook for 2 to 3 minutes. Flip the meat and cook for 2-3 minutes more.
  • Add in onion and peppers, and cook for 3 to 4 minutes or until fork tender.
  • Add in sliced mushrooms, Worcestershire sauce, salt, and pepper and cook for 3 minutes.
  • Add provolone on top and cover your pan so the cheese melts.
  • Remove from the stovetop, allow to cool slightly, and then divide among your meal prep containers.
  • Top with fresh herbs, if desired (such as parsley).

Video

Notes

WW Smart Points= Green:7  Blue:7  Purple:7
__
Nutrition for 1 out of 3 servings:
35g Protein | 10g Carbs | 14g Fat | 310 Calories | Fiber 2g

Nutrition

Serving: 1meal | Calories: 310kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 35g | Fat: 14g | Fiber: 2g
Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
Low Carb Philly Cheesesteak Meal Prep blog

 

Jamaican Beef Stew Meal Prep (Gluten-Free + Freezer-Friendly)

October 11, 2025 by Nick Quintero 2 Comments

Jamaican Beef Stew

Baby, it's cold outside! Which means it's time to turn up the heat in the kitchen! When the weather cools down, there's nothing better than cozy, comforting dinners that fill your house with amazing smells and your stomach with warm satisfaction. This Jamaican Beef Stew is one of my go-to recipes for the colder months because it's hearty, flavorful, gluten-free, and perfect for meal prep.

If you love having warm, ready-to-eat meals during the week, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner, it's the easiest way to organize your recipes, save time, and actually enjoy eating well every day.

Table of Contents
  • What Makes Jamaican Beef Stew So Special
  • Jamaican Beef Stew Ingredients: 
  • How do you make Jamaican Beef Stew?
  • How to Portion Jamaican Beef Stew for Meal Prep
  • Storage & Freezing Tips
  • Optional Add-Ins & Cooking Tips
    • Nutrition (Per Serving)
  • FAQs
  • More Beef Stew meal prep recipes:
Jamaican Beef Stew

What Makes Jamaican Beef Stew So Special

When I say "heat up," I'm not just talking about spice (although this stew does have a little kick!). I'm talking about warming spices - cinnamon, allspice, and other fragrant ingredients that boost circulation, aid digestion, and help your body stay cozy from the inside out.

That's part of what makes this Jamaican-inspired dish so incredible. It's not just about heat - it's about depth of flavor. Tender beef, sweet peppers, aromatic veggies, and those signature Caribbean spices come together in a stew that's rich, savory, and completely satisfying.

Jamaican Beef Stew

Jamaican Beef Stew Ingredients: 

  • 1 tablespoon ghee 
  • 1 ½ lbs. cubed beef stew meat
  • 1 cup chopped white onion
  • 1 cup sliced/peeled carrots 
  • 1 cup chopped bell pepper 
  • 1 teaspoon minced garlic 
  • 1 (15 oz) can fire-roasted tomatoes with chiles 
  • 3 cups beef stock
  • 1 teaspoon coconut sugar
  • 2 tablespoon hot sauce 
  • ½ teaspoon allspice  
  • ¼ teaspoon cinnamon
  • 2 tablespoon coconut aminos 
  • 2 bay leaves 
  • ½ teaspoon sea salt 
  • ⅓ cup chopped green onion 
  • 1 ½ cups dry long-grain white rice
Jamaican Beef Stew

How do you make Jamaican Beef Stew?

It's super easy! The prep time is only 10 minutes. The prep is cooking the ingredients and then cooking the rice. Once stew ingredients are cooked, add in liquids for the stew's base and let it simmer. 

Here are step-by-step cooking instructions for cooking Jamaican Beef Stew:

Step 1: Sear the Beef

Heat ghee in a 5-quart Dutch oven over medium heat for 2 minutes. Blot your beef cubes dry with a paper towel, then sear in the ghee for about 5 minutes until browned on all sides.

Step 2: Add the Veggies

Add carrots, onions, bell peppers, and garlic to the pot. Sauté for another 5 minutes, stirring occasionally until fragrant.

Step 3: Season & Simmer

Sprinkle in your spices (cinnamon, allspice, and coconut sugar), then stir in the tomatoes, beef stock, coconut aminos, hot sauce, sea salt, and bay leaves. Bring everything to a boil, reduce heat, cover, and let simmer gently for 2 hours.

Step 4: Cook the Rice

While the stew simmers, prepare the long-grain white rice according to package instructions.

Step 5: Finish & Serve

When the stew is thick and rich, remove the bay leaves, stir, and garnish with chopped green onion. 

    Jamaican Beef Stew

    How to Portion Jamaican Beef Stew for Meal Prep

    1. Set up four one-compartment meal prep containers.
    2. Add 1 cup of cooked rice to each container.
    3. Top with 1½ ladles of Jamaican Beef Stew.
    4. Garnish with chopped green onions.
    5. Let cool completely before sealing and refrigerating.

    This recipe makes four hearty servings that store beautifully - perfect for lunch or dinner throughout the week.

    Storage & Freezing Tips

    In the Fridge:
    Store in airtight containers for 3-4 days.

    In the Freezer:
    Freeze in heavy-duty bags or containers for up to 6 months (best flavor within 4 months).

    To Reheat:
    Reheat in a microwave-safe glass container or on the stovetop until hot. Add a splash of broth if the stew has thickened too much.

    Optional Add-Ins & Cooking Tips

    • Use beef chuck: It gets even more tender the longer it cooks.
    • Add red wine: For richer, bolder flavor - just ¼ cup goes a long way.
    • Crockpot version: After searing the beef and sautéing veggies, transfer everything to your slow cooker. Add the liquids and bay leaves, then cook on high for 4½ hours or low for 8 hours.
    • Thicken the stew: Prop the lid slightly to let steam escape, puree a small portion with an immersion blender, or mix in a slurry of water and gluten-free flour.

    Nutrition (Per Serving)

    Calories: 579 | Carbs: 67.5g | Protein: 45.8g | Fat: 12.8g | Fiber: 3g

    Jamaican Beef Stew

    FAQs

    Can I use brown rice instead of white?

    Yes, just adjust the cook time - brown rice takes longer and has a slightly nuttier flavor.

    What makes this "Jamaican"?

    The flavor comes from allspice, cinnamon, and the balance of heat and sweetness. You can also add Scotch bonnet pepper for an authentic twist!

    Is this stew spicy?

    It has a mild to medium kick, but you can easily adjust the hot sauce or skip it for a milder version.

    More Beef Stew meal prep recipes:

    We love soups and stews as meal prep recipes because they're simple, delicious, nutritious, and easy on the wallet. 

    Here are two other beef stew meal prep recipes: 

    • Low Carb Crockpot Beef Ragu Meal Prep
    • Crockpot Ropa Vieja Meal Prep

    Try these and tell us what you think in the comments or on social media! (Instagram @mealpreponfleek or using #mealpreponfleek) 

    Jamaican Beef Stew

    Jamaican Beef Stew

    This Jamaican inspired beef stew is an exotic take on the classic hearty stew you're used to. This version is full of aromatic spices and a hint of heat for a stick to your ribs meal!
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 2 hours hours 12 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 2 hours hours 22 minutes minutes
    Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Course
    Cuisine: jamaican
    Keyword: dinner, gluten free, lunch, Meal Prep, soup, stew
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 579kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Equipment

    • Crockpot

    Ingredients

    • 1 tablespoon ghee
    • 1 ½ lbs. cubed beef stew meat
    • 1 cup chopped white onion
    • 1 cup sliced/peeled carrots
    • 1 cup chopped bell pepper
    • 1 teaspoon minced garlic
    • 15 ounces canned fire roasted tomatoes with chiles
    • 3 cups beef stock
    • 1 teaspoon coconut sugar
    • 2 tablespoon hot sauce
    • ½ teaspoon allspice
    • ¼ teaspoon cinnamon
    • 2 tablespoon coconut aminos
    • 2 bay leaves
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ⅓ cup chopped green onion
    • 1 ½ cups dry long grain white rice
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Heat ghee over medium-high heat in a 5 quart Dutch oven for 2 minutes. Blot steak dry with paper towel and add to hot Dutch oven. Sear steak for 5 minutes, stirring occasionally for even browning. Add carrots, onion, bell pepper and garlic to pot and continue to cook 5 minutes longer.
    • Stir in allspice, cinnamon and coconut sugar to coat meat and vegetables. Stir in tomatoes, beef stock, coconut aminos, hot sauce, sea salt and bay leaves. Bring to a boil and reduce heat to medium. Cover with the lid slightly cracked and cook for 2 hours or until beef is fork tender. Discard bay leaves.
    • Cook rice according to package directions. Add 1 cup of rice to 4 black MPOF containers. Top with 1 ½ ladles of stew. Garnish with green onions. Allow to cool for 10 minutes before covering and refrigerating.

    Video

    Nutrition

    Calories: 579kcal | Carbohydrates: 67.5g | Protein: 45.8g | Fat: 12.8g | Fiber: 3g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

    Meal Prep Breakfast Bowl (Individual Omelette Bowls)

    October 9, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    Meal Prep Breakfast Bowl (Individual Omelette Bowls)

    If you're like me, breakfast can make or break your morning. These Meal Prep Breakfast Bowls, aka Individual Omelette Bowls, have quickly become one of my go-to recipes for busy weeks. They're high in protein, packed with flavor, and easy to grab when you're rushing out the door.

    Meal Prep Breakfast Bowl (Individual Omelette Bowls)

    Each bowl gives you all the satisfaction of a made-to-order omelette, without the weekday hassle. The best part? You can mix and match ingredients to fit your preferences or whatever you've got left in the fridge.

    💡 Pro tip: For an extra nutritional boost, upgrade your greens with watercress. It's loaded with micronutrients and adds a fresh, peppery flavor that takes these omelette bowls to the next level.

    Table of Contents
    • Get Organized Before You Cook
    • Ingredients (3 servings)
    • Instructions
    • How to Store
    • How to Reheat
    • Customization Ideas
    • FAQs
    • In Summary

    Get Organized Before You Cook

    If you love the idea of having every meal planned, prepped, and organized for the week, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner. It's packed with recipes tested for meal prep, weekly menus, and grocery lists so you can stop guessing and start cooking smarter.

    Ingredients (3 servings)

    • 9 organic, pasture-raised eggs
    • 1 cup watercress (or spinach if preferred)
    • 1 large bell pepper, diced
    • 6 oz pre-cooked turkey sausage, chopped
    • ¾ cup milk (divided)
    • ½ cup shredded cheese
    • Salt and pepper, to taste
    Omelet bowl ingredients

    Instructions

    1. Preheat your oven to 400°F (200°C).
    2. Whisk eggs and milk together in a medium bowl until well combined. Season with salt and pepper.
    3. Prepare your ramekins or oven-safe meal prep bowls. Lightly grease them with cooking spray or a small amount of oil.
    4. Layer the ingredients:
      • Divide the bell peppers, turkey sausage, and watercress evenly into each ramekin.
      • Pour the egg mixture evenly over the top.
      • Sprinkle shredded cheese on each bowl.
    5. Bake for 30-35 minutes, or until eggs are fully set and the tops are lightly golden.
    6. Cool completely before sealing and storing.

    How to Store

    Store your omelette bowls in airtight containers in the refrigerator for up to 4 days. These are perfect for grab-and-go mornings or post-workout fuel.

    How to Reheat

    • Microwave: Heat for 1-1½ minutes, or until warm throughout.
    • Oven: Reheat at 350°F for 8-10 minutes if you prefer a slightly crisp top.

    Customization Ideas

    • Swap turkey sausage for chicken sausage, ham, or vegetarian crumbles.
    • Use any veggies you love-zucchini, mushrooms, or onions work great.
    • Try different cheeses like feta, cheddar, or mozzarella.
    • Add hot sauce or salsa on top for extra flavor.

    FAQs

    Can I freeze these omelette bowls?

    Yes! Let them cool completely, wrap tightly, and freeze for up to 2 months. Reheat directly from frozen in the microwave for 2-3 minutes.

    What makes watercress a good choice?

    Watercress is one of the most nutrient-dense greens out there, packed with vitamins A, C, and K, plus antioxidants that support immune health and recovery.

    Can I make these dairy-free?

    Absolutely. Substitute the milk with unsweetened almond or oat milk, and skip the cheese or use a dairy-free alternative.

    In Summary

    If you want a high-protein breakfast meal prep that's fast, flavorful, and versatile, these Individual Omelette Bowls check every box. They're nutritious, customizable, and guaranteed to make your mornings easier.

    👉 Ready to take meal prep to the next level? Streamline your week with the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner-you'll get done-for-you plans, grocery lists, and more meal prep recipes tested to last.

    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    October 7, 2025 by Nick Quintero 2 Comments

    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    Thank you to Now Foods for sponsoring this Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffin recipe post, and thank YOU for supporting the brands that help make Meal Prep On Fleek possible. All opinions are our own. 

    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    If you've ever thought muffins couldn't fit into a low-carb lifestyle, think again. These Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins are soft, fluffy, and perfectly spiced, all without the sugar crash. Each serving includes two muffins for a satisfying breakfast that keeps you full and focused all morning long.

    If you love simple, balanced meal prep recipes like this, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner! It's your go-to system for customizable, non-diet meal prep plans with grocery lists and over 650 recipes.

    Table of Contents
    • Why You'll Love These Muffins
    • How to use monk fruit.
    • Ingredients:
    • How to Make Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins
      • Meal Prep & Storage
    • Nutrition (Per Serving)
    • FAQs About Low Carb Muffins
    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    Why You'll Love These Muffins

    🍎 Low in carbs, high in flavor - All the cozy apple-cinnamon goodness, minus the sugar.
    🥣 Naturally sweetened - Monk fruit adds sweetness without spikes or crashes.
    💪 Balanced meal prep - Protein, fiber, and healthy fats to keep you satisfied.
    ⏱ Quick & easy - Just 35 minutes from start to finish.
    🥄 Customizable - Works for low-carb, keto, gluten-free, and vegetarian diets.

    How to use monk fruit.

    These Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins are just one example of how we love to use the Now Foods 1:1 Organic Monk Fruit Sweetener. But, the possibilities are endless! Anywhere you use sugar is where the monk fruit sweetener can step in, no conversions needed. Just replace the amount of sugar called for in a recipe with the same amount of monk fruit. It doesn't get any easier!

    Ingredients:

    • 1 cup almond flour 
    • 3 tablespoon coconut flour 
    • 2 tablespoon NOW Foods 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener  
    • 1 tablespoon cinnamon  
    • 2 teaspoon vanilla extract  
    • ½ teaspoon baking powder  
    • ¼ teaspoon sea salt 
    • 2 large eggs  
    • ½ cup whole milk  
    • 2 tablespoon melted unsalted butter  
    • ½ cup peeled/grated green apple 

    For Serving 

    • 2 cups 2% plain Greek yogurt  
    • ¼ cup pomegranate seeds  
    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    How to Make Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    1. Let cool for 10 minutes at room temperature before serving or storing.
    2. Preheat your oven to 350°F and line 8 muffin tin cavities with paper liners.
    3. In a medium bowl, mix together almond flour, coconut flour, monk fruit sweetener, cinnamon, baking powder, and salt.
    4. In a separate bowl, whisk eggs, milk, and melted butter. Gradually combine wet ingredients with dry until smooth.
    5. Fold in grated apple.
    6. Evenly distribute batter among muffin tins and bake for 30-35 minutes until golden.
    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    Meal Prep & Storage

    • To Portion: Place 2 muffins in the large compartments of 4 teal MPOF containers. Divide yogurt into small cups, sprinkle with pomegranate seeds, and add to the smaller compartments.
    • To Store: Keep refrigerated for up to 5 days.
    • To Freeze: Wrap muffins individually and store for up to 3 months.
    • To Reheat: Microwave for 15-20 seconds or toast lightly for a crisp top.

    Nutrition (Per Serving)

    (Includes sides)
    Calories: 391 | Carbs: 25g | Protein: 22g | Fat: 28g | Sodium: 320mg | Fiber: 11g | Net Carbs: 14g

    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    FAQs About Low Carb Muffins

    Can I substitute the apple for another fruit?

    Yes! Try grated pear, shredded zucchini, or blueberries for a twist.

    What if I don't have monk fruit sweetener?

    You can use erythritol, stevia, or coconut sugar - just note that it may alter the carb count slightly.

    Can I make these dairy-free?

    Absolutely! Swap butter for coconut oil and use almond or coconut milk.

    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    Ready to simplify your mornings? The Workweek Lunch Meal Planner helps you prep recipes like these every week - balanced, practical, and 100% satisfying.

    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins
    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    Low Carb Cinnamon Apple Muffins

    These low carb apple cinnamon muffins are the perfect breakfast recipe sweetened with low glycemic monk fruit sweetener. They bake up in just 35 minutes and each serving contains 2 muffins for a filling breakfast that will keep you satisfied.
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 35 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 45 minutes minutes
    Course: Breakfast, brunch, Snack
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: breakfast, brunch, gluten free, low carb, muffin, paleo, snack, vegetarian
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 391kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    • 1 cup almond flour
    • 3 tablespoon coconut flour
    • 2 tablespoon NOW Foods 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener
    • 1 tablespoon cinnamon
    • 2 teaspoon vanilla extract
    • ½ teaspoon baking powder
    • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
    • 2 large eggs
    • ½ cup whole milk
    • 2 tablespoon melted unsalted butter
    • ½ cup peeled/grated green apple

    For Serving

    • 2 cups 2% plain Greek yogurt
    • ¼ cup pomegranate seeds
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Preheat oven to 350ºF and line 8 muffin tin cavities with paper liners. In a medium mixing bowl, stir together almond flour, coconut flour, NOW Foods 1:1 Monkfruit Sweetener, cinnamon, baking powder, and sea salt.
    • In a separate mixing bowl, whisk together eggs, almond milk, and melted butter. Gradually mix wet ingredients into dry. Fold in grated apple.
    • Evenly distribute the batter between muffin tins and bake for 30-35 minutes. Cool muffins at room temperature for 10 minutes.
    • Place 2 muffins in large compartments of 4 MPOF teal containers. Divide yogurt between 4 smaller compartments and sprinkle with pomegranate seeds.

    Notes

    Macros include sides.
    Net Carbs = 14g per 2 muffins

    Nutrition

    Calories: 391kcal | Carbohydrates: 25g | Protein: 22g | Fat: 28g | Sodium: 320mg | Fiber: 11g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

    Pumpkin Scones with Maple Glaze (Gluten-Free + Low Sugar)

    October 5, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    These soft, crumbly Pumpkin Scones with Maple Glaze are everything we love about fall: cozy, lightly sweet, and perfectly spiced. Made with almond and coconut flour, naturally sweetened with monk fruit, and topped with a silky maple glaze, these scones are gluten-free, lower in sugar, and ready in under an hour.

    Whether you're meal prepping breakfast for the week or craving a mid-morning snack with coffee, these scones fit right in. They're hearty enough to keep you full thanks to the healthy fats and fiber, yet indulgent enough to feel like a treat.

    If you want more make-ahead breakfast ideas like this, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner! You'll get new meal plans every week, a grocery list builder, and access to 650+ ad-free recipes, no calorie counting or dieting required.

    Table of Contents
    • Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze Ingredients:
    • Instructions
    • How to Store
    • How to Make It Vegan
      • How to Make It Vegan
      • Serving Ideas
      • Nutrition
      • FAQs About Pumpkin Scones
    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    Why You'll Love These Pumpkin Scones

    🎃 Pumpkin spice perfection - All the warm fall flavors you crave, without added sugar.
    🍁 Naturally sweetened - Monk fruit keeps these scones sweet but blood-sugar friendly.
    🥥 Gluten-free & customizable - Made with almond and coconut flour, easily adaptable for vegan diets.
    ⏰ Meal prep ready - Bake, cool, and refrigerate for grab-and-go breakfasts all week.

    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze Ingredients:

    For Scones

    • 1 cup blanched almond flour
    • ¼ cup coconut flour 
    • 1 teaspoon pumpkin spice
    • ½ teaspoon baking powder
    • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
    • ¼ cup solid coconut oil 
    • ¼ cup unsweetened coconut milk (refrigerated variety) 
    • ⅓ cup pumpkin puree
    • 1 large egg
    • 2 teaspoon Now Real Food® Organic Pumpkin Spice Liquid Monk Fruit Sweetener

    For Maple Glaze

    • ¼ cup Now Real Food® organic powdered erythritol 
    • ¼ teaspoon maple extract
    • 2 teaspoon unsweetened coconut milk 

    For Serving

    • 1 cup low fat cottage cheese
    • 4 kiwis, halved
    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    Instructions

    1. Preheat the oven to 400°F and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
    2. In a bowl, whisk together almond flour, coconut flour, pumpkin spice, baking powder, and salt. Add coconut oil and use a fork to mix until crumbly.
    3. In another bowl, whisk egg, pumpkin purée, coconut milk, and monk fruit sweetener.
    4. Pour wet ingredients into dry ingredients and fold together until combined (don't overmix).
    5. Shape the dough into a 6-inch round disk about ¾-inch thick. Slice into 8 wedges (no need to separate).
    6. Bake for 23-25 minutes, or until the edges are golden. Cool for 15 minutes.
    7. Meanwhile, whisk together glaze ingredients until smooth.
    8. Gently separate the scones and drizzle glaze over each one. Let set for 5 minutes before serving.
    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    How to Store

    • Fridge: Store in an airtight container for up to 5 days.
    • Freezer: Wrap individually and freeze for up to 2 months. Thaw overnight or reheat in a toaster oven for 5 minutes.
    • Reheat: Warm scones in the microwave for 15-20 seconds or in the oven at 325°F for 5 minutes.

    How to Make It Vegan

    With just two simple swaps, you can make these scones 100% vegan:

    • Replace the egg with a flax egg (1 tablespoon flaxseed + 3 tablespoon water).
    • Use a dairy-free yogurt instead of cottage cheese.

    All the monk fruit products used here are vegan, gluten-free, and keto-friendly - so you can easily adjust for your dietary needs.

    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    How to Make It Vegan

    With just two simple swaps, you can make these scones 100% vegan:

    • Replace the egg with a flax egg (1 tablespoon flaxseed + 3 tablespoon water).
    • Use a dairy-free yogurt instead of cottage cheese.

    All the monk fruit products used here are vegan, gluten-free, and keto-friendly - so you can easily adjust for your dietary needs.


    Serving Ideas

    Serve your Pumpkin Scones with Maple Glaze:

    • With Greek or coconut yogurt and sliced fruit.
    • Alongside coffee or chai tea for a cozy breakfast.
    • As a meal prep treat, perfect for quick mornings.

    Nutrition

    (Includes sides)
    Calories: 614 | Protein: 18g | Carbs: 59g | Fat: 34g | Fiber: 12g

    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    FAQs About Pumpkin Scones

    Can I make the dough ahead of time?
    Yes! You can refrigerate the dough overnight before baking.

    Can I skip the glaze?
    Absolutely. They're just as tasty with a smear of almond butter or cream cheese.

    What's the best way to reheat them?
    Pop in the oven at 325°F for 5 minutes to revive that fresh-baked texture.


    Looking for more cozy fall meal prep ideas? The Workweek Lunch Meal Planner makes it simple to stay organized and inspired - no diets, no tracking, just real food that fits your lifestyle.

    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze
    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    These sugar-free scones are a pumpkin lovers delight with plenty of pumpkin and spice to feed your craving! Because this recipe is low in sugar with satiating fats and fiber, they make a great breakfast option. Best of all, these scones are gluten-free and ready to enjoy in under an hour!
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 25 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 40 minutes minutes
    Course: Breakfast, brunch
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: breakfast, brunch, gluten free
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 614kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    For Scones

    • 1 cup blanched almond flour
    • ¼ cup coconut flour
    • 1 teaspoon pumpkin spice
    • ½ teaspoon baking powder
    • ¼ teaspoon sea salt
    • ¼ cup solid coconut oil
    • ¼ cup unsweetened coconut milk refrigerated variety
    • ⅓ cup pumpkin puree
    • 1 large egg
    • 2 teaspoon Now Real Food® Organic Pumpkin Spice Liquid Monk Fruit Sweetener

    For Maple Glaze

    • ¼ cup Now Real Food® organic powdered erythritol
    • ¼ teaspoon maple extract
    • 2 teaspoon unsweetened coconut milk

    For Serving

    • 1 cup low fat cottage cheese
    • 4 kiwis halved
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Preheat oven to 400ºF and lime a medium baking sheet with parchment paper. Combine some flour, coconut flour, pumpkin spice, baking powder, and sea salt in a medium mixing bowl. Whisk to combine. Add coconut oil and use a fork to mix into flour until the mixture is crumbly.
    • Whisk together egg, pumpkin purée, coconut milk, and liquid pumpkin spice sweetener in a separate mixing bowl.
    • Make a well in the center of dry ingredients and pour in wet ingredients. Fold mixture together until combined, do not over mix.
    • Form dough into a ball and place it on a baking sheet. Form into a 6 inch round disk about ¾ inch thick. Use a sharp knife to slice into 8 triangles. Triangles do not need to be separated. Bake for 23-25 minutes.
    • Cool scones at room temperature for 15 minutes. In the meantime, combine coconut milk, maple extract, and powdered erythritol in a small bowl. Whisk until smooth. Gently separate scones. Drizzle maple glaze over scones and cool for 5 minutes longer or until glaze sets.
    • Place 2 scones in large compartments of 4 teal meal prep containers. Add cottage cheese to 4 small cups and place next to scones. Add 2 kiwi halves to each small compartment. Store in refrigerator until serving.

    Notes

    Macros include sides. 

    Nutrition

    Calories: 614kcal | Carbohydrates: 59g | Protein: 18g | Fat: 34g | Fiber: 12g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
    Pumpkin Scones With Maple Glaze

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf (Vegan + Gluten-Free Meal Prep)

    October 3, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Meatloaf is a timeless family favorite, hearty, comforting, and full of flavor. But we're giving this classic dish a plant-based makeover! Our Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf skips the beef and bread, using a wholesome combo of chickpeas, brown rice, and gluten-free breadcrumbs instead. The result? A juicy, savory "meatloaf" that's completely vegan, full of fiber and protein, and sure to please even the most devoted carnivores.

    If you're looking to save time, eat better, and stay organized throughout the week, check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner. You'll get weekly meal plans, grocery lists, and recipe inspiration - all without calorie counting or diet rules.

    Table of Contents
    • Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf Ingredients: 
    • Instructions
      • How to Store
      • How to Portion
      • Tips for the Best Vegan Meatloaf
      • How to Store
    • More Meatloaf meal prep recipes:
      • FAQs About Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf
    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Why You'll Love This Recipe

    ✅ Hearty + Satisfying: A filling plant-based meal that tastes like comfort food.
    🌱 Vegan + Gluten-Free: Made with simple, whole-food ingredients.
    🥫 Meal Prep Friendly: Stores beautifully for 3-4 days or freezes up to 3 months.
    🍅 Quick Cooking Time: Ready in about 40 minutes - faster than traditional meatloaf!

    This dish is served with a light salad and tangy red wine vinaigrette, balancing the rich flavors of the loaf with something fresh and crisp.

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf Ingredients: 

    For Meatloaf

    • 3 tablespoon olive oil
    • 1 teaspoon minced garlic
    • 1 cup chopped white button mushrooms
    • ½ cup chopped celery
    • ½ cup chopped carrots
    • ½ cup chopped sweet white onion
    • ½ cup chopped sun dried tomatoes
    • 1 teaspoon dried thyme
    • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
    • ½ teaspoon smoked paprika
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ⅛ teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 cup cooked brown rice
    • 1 cup chickpeas
    • ⅓ cup gluten free breadcrumbs
    • ½ cup tomato sauce
    • 2 tablespoon coconut aminos

    For Salad

    • 4 cups arugula or other leafy greens
    • ½ cup sliced grape tomatoes
    • ¼ cup red wine vinegar
    • 2 tablespoon olive oil
    • 1 tablespoon agave nectar
    • ⅓ cup shaved Parmesan cheese
    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Instructions

    • Preheat oven to 350°F and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
    • Heat 1 tablespoon olive oil in a skillet over medium heat. Add mushrooms, celery, carrots, and onion. Sauté for 5 minutes, then stir in sun-dried tomatoes and garlic. Cover and cook for 2-3 more minutes until tender. Remove from heat.
    • In a food processor, add brown rice, breadcrumbs, chickpeas, olive oil, and seasonings. Add the sautéed vegetables and pulse until the mixture is combined but still slightly chunky.
    • In a small bowl, mix together tomato sauce and coconut aminos.
    • Form the mixture into a 7x4-inch loaf on your prepared pan. Brush with 3 tablespoons of the tomato sauce mixture.
    • Bake for 20 minutes, then cool for 5 minutes before slicing. Brush with remaining sauce before serving.
    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    How to Store

    • Fridge: Store in airtight containers for up to 3-4 days.
    • Freezer: Wrap tightly in foil or freezer-safe containers and freeze for up to 3 months.
    • Reheat: Warm slices in the oven at 350°F for 10 minutes or in the microwave for 1-2 minutes.

    How to Portion

    Divide into 4 dual-compartment meal prep containers - two slices of meatloaf in the large section and salad with dressing in the smaller compartment.

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Tips for the Best Vegan Meatloaf

    • Add cashew milk for extra moisture and a smoother texture.
    • Mix in chopped walnuts or pecans for a heartier, more "meaty" texture.
    • Sprinkle in nutritional yeast for a richer, umami flavor.
    • Grill leftover slices for a meatless burger alternative.
    • For a festive touch, mix in cranberries or orange zest around the holidays!

    How to Store

    Store your cooked Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf dinner meal prep recipe in 4 dual-compartment meal prep containers. You'll need 4 plastic cups for the red wine vinaigrette. Place the salad and dressing in the smaller compartment and two slices of meatloaf in the bigger compartment. Don't forget to top your meatloaf slices with a spoonful of tomato sauce!

    More Meatloaf meal prep recipes:

    We have three more meatloaf recipes for you! All Paleo-friendly recipes. 

    • Cremini Mushroom Meatloaf
    • Apple BBQ Meatloaf & Mashed Potato Meal Prep
    • Meatloaf & Mashed Potato Meal Prep
    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    FAQs About Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Can I use canned chickpeas?
    Yes! Canned chickpeas work perfectly - just drain and rinse before using.

    Can I skip the food processor?
    Yes. You can mash the chickpeas by hand, though the texture will be chunkier.

    Is this recipe gluten-free?
    Absolutely. Just make sure your breadcrumbs are certified gluten-free.

    Can I make this ahead of time?
    Yes. You can prep and refrigerate the mixture up to 24 hours before baking.


    If you love make-ahead meals like this one, the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner will help you plan, prep, and cook with confidence - all while eating foods you love without restriction.

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    Sun Dried Tomato Meatloaf

    This hearty meatloaf will please even meat-eaters with its rich texture and savory flavors. It is full of fiber, vitamins and plenty of protein to keep you full!
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 30 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 40 minutes minutes
    Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
    Cuisine: Italian
    Keyword: gluten free, low calorie, plant based, vegan, vegetarian
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 381kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    For Meatloaf

    • 3 tablespoon olive oil
    • 1 teaspoon minced garlic
    • 1 cup chopped white button mushrooms
    • ½ cup chopped celery
    • ½ cup chopped carrots
    • ½ cup chopped sweet white onion
    • ½ cup chopped sun dried tomatoes
    • 1 teaspoon dried thyme
    • 1 teaspoon dried oregano
    • ½ teaspoon smoked paprika
    • ½ teaspoon sea salt
    • ⅛ teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 cup cooked brown rice
    • 1 cup chickpeas
    • ⅓ cup gluten free breadcrumbs
    • ½ cup tomato sauce
    • 2 tablespoon coconut aminos

    For Salad

    • 4 cups arugula or other leafy greens
    • ½ cup sliced grape tomatoes
    • ¼ cup red wine vinegar
    • 2 tablespoon olive oil
    • 1 tablespoon agave nectar
    • ⅓ cup shaved Parmesan cheese
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Preheat oven to 350ºF and line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil over medium heat in a medium skillet and add mushrooms, celery, onion, and carrots. Sauté for 5 minutes. Stir in sun dried tomatoes and garlic. Cover and continue to cook 5 minutes longer or until vegetables are tender. Remove from heat and cool for 3 minutes.
    • Add brown rice, breadcrumbs chickpeas, dried seasonings, sautéed vegetables and remaining 2 tablespoons of olive oil to a food processor and pulse until thoroughly mixed. Scrape sides as needed. The mixture should be just slightly chunky.
    • Stir together tomato sauce and coconut aminos. Form vegetable mixture into a 7x4 inch loaf on parchment paper using hands to gently but firmly shape. Brush with 3 tablespoons of tomato sauce mixture. Bake for 20 minutes. Remove from oven and cool for 5 minutes before slicing into 8 slices.
    • Place 2 slices of meatloaf in a large compartment of teal MPOF containers. Spoon remaining tomato sauce on each meatloaf serving. Stir together red wine vinegar, olive oil, and agave nectar. Divide between 4 small sauce cups. Add arugula, tomatoes, and Parmesan to 4 smaller compartments along with a side of red wine vinaigrette.

    Video

    Notes

    WW Smart Points= Green:10  Blue:8  Purple:7

    Nutrition

    Calories: 381kcal | Carbohydrates: 47.5g | Protein: 8.9g | Fat: 19g | Fiber: 6.6g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

    Chickpea Frittata Meal Prep (Vegan + Gluten-Free)

    October 1, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    Chickpea Frittata

    Looking to add more plant-based or vegan recipes into your meal prep routine? Look no further than this Chickpea Frittata!
    This high-protein vegan breakfast is made without eggs, gluten, or dairy... and it's every bit as satisfying as the classic version.

    Before we jump in, if you want help planning your weekly meals (without counting calories or feeling restricted), check out the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner. It's the simplest way to meal prep smarter and stay organized all week long.

    Table of Contents
    • Chickpea Frittata Ingredients:
    • Instructions
      • Nutrition (Per Serving)
    • How to Store
      • How to Reheat
    • FAQs About Chickpea Frittata
    • More recipes with chickpeas:
    Chickpea Frittata

    Why You'll Love This Recipe

    This frittata uses chickpea flour (also known as garbanzo bean flour) instead of eggs. It bakes up golden and fluffy, just like the real thing, with a subtle nutty flavor and tons of protein.

    It's also incredibly versatile, so you can swap out the mushrooms and spinach for whatever veggies you have in the fridge: bell peppers, kale, onions, zucchini, tomatoes, even shredded squash.

    To keep it vegan, we're using nutritional yeast for that cheesy flavor and B-vitamin boost. It's a pantry staple in plant-based cooking and one serving delivers over 600% of your daily B12 needs and adds a delicious umami kick.

    Chickpea Frittata

    Chickpea Frittata Ingredients:

    • 1 ¼ cups chickpea flour
    • ¼ cup nutritional yeast 
    • 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning 
    • ¼ teaspoon garlic powder
    • 2 ½ cups water
    • 3 tablespoons olive oil + extra for greasing
    • 1 cup sliced cremini mushrooms
    • 2 cups fresh spinach  

    For Serving 

    • 2 cups mandarin orange segments 
    • 2 cups sliced kiwi
    Chickpea Frittata

    Instructions

    1. Preheat oven to 350ºF and lightly grease an 8- or 9-inch pie pan with ½ teaspoon olive oil.
    2. Heat 1 tablespoon olive oil in a skillet over medium heat. Add mushrooms and sauté for 3 minutes. Add spinach and cook until just wilted, about 1 minute.
    3. In a large bowl, whisk together chickpea flour, nutritional yeast, baking powder, salt, Italian seasoning, garlic, water, and remaining 2 tablespoons olive oil. Fold in half of the cooked vegetables.
    4. Pour the mixture into the pan and top with the remaining vegetables.
    5. Bake for 30-35 minutes, then let cool for 20 minutes before slicing.

    Slice into 4 portions and store in meal prep containers with fruit for a complete breakfast.


    Nutrition (Per Serving)

    Calories: 332
    Protein: 10g
    Carbohydrates: 48g
    Fat: 4g
    Fiber: 7g

    Chickpea Frittata

    How to Store

    Store the chickpea frittata in airtight containers in the fridge for up to 5 days. Reheat in the microwave for 30-45 seconds or in the oven at 325°F for 5-7 minutes.

    You can also freeze slices for up to 2 months. Let thaw overnight in the fridge before reheating.


    How to Reheat

    Microwave individual servings with a damp paper towel to retain moisture.
    For crispier edges, reheat in a skillet with a splash of olive oil.

    Chickpea Frittata

    FAQs About Chickpea Frittata

    Can I use canned chickpeas instead of chickpea flour?
    No, chickpea flour works as the binder in this recipe. Canned chickpeas won't give the same texture.

    What can I substitute for nutritional yeast?
    Try vegan parmesan, or omit it entirely for a more neutral flavor.

    Can I make this ahead?
    Absolutely! This frittata is perfect for meal prep and keeps well all week.

    Is chickpea flour high in protein?
    Yes, one cup of chickpea flour contains nearly 20 grams of protein and is rich in fiber, iron, and folate.

    Chickpea Frittata

    More recipes with chickpeas:

    • Chickpea Curry With Jasmine Rice Meal Prep
    • Air-Fried Chickpeas
    • Vegan Chickpea Curry & Basmati Rice Meal Prep
    • Quinoa Chickpea Taco Bowls
    • Tuscan Chickpea Scramble 

    If you want more meal prep recipes like this, plus a weekly plan you can actually stick to, try the Workweek Lunch Meal Planner, it takes the guesswork out of healthy eating and helps you enjoy food freedom without stress.

    Chickpea Frittata
    Chickpea Frittata

    Chickpea Frittata

    This vegan friendly frittata uses chickpea flour instead of eggs for a protein-rich breakfast that satisfies hunger. Mushrooms and spinach can be swapped out for bell peppers, kale, or zucchini.
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 40 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 50 minutes minutes
    Course: Breakfast, brunch
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: breakfast, brunch, gluten free, vegan, vegetarian
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 332kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    • 1 ¼ cups chickpea flour
    • ¼ cup nutritional yeast
    • 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
    • ¼ teaspoon garlic powder
    • 2 ½ cups water
    • 3 tablespoons olive oil + extra for greasing
    • 1 cup sliced cremini mushrooms
    • 2 cups fresh spinach

    For Serving

    • 2 cups mandarin orange segments
    • 2 cups sliced kiwi
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Heat oven to 350ºF. Grease an 8- or 9-inch round pie pan with ½ teaspoon olive oil. Heat 1 tablespoon olive oil over medium heat in a medium skillet. Add mushrooms and sauté 3 minutes. Add spinach and sauté 1-2 minutes until starting to wilt. Remove from heat.
    • In a large mixing bowl, whisk together chickpea flour, nutritional yeast, baking powder, salt, Italian seasoning, garlic, water and 2 tablespoons olive oil. Fold in half of the sautéed vegetables.
    • Pour into pan and top with remaining vegetables. Bake for 30-35 minutes. Allow to cool for 20 minutes at room temperature before slicing.
    • Slice frittata into 4 slices and place 1 slice in large compartments of 4 teal meal prep containers. Divide mandarins and kiwi between small compartments.

    Notes

    Macros include oranges and kiwi. 

    Nutrition

    Calories: 332kcal | Carbohydrates: 48g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 4g | Fiber: 7g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

    35 Simple Salmon Meal Prep Recipes

    September 30, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    35 Best Salmon Recipes (1)

    By now, you know we are all about healthy protein options here at MPOF: beef, chicken, shrimp, tofu, eggs-you name it, we love it.

    Protein is the foundation of meal prep because it keeps us full, fuels our bodies, and pairs perfectly with almost any carb, grain, or veggie. But today, we're giving the spotlight to one of the most nutrient-dense, flavorful proteins you can add to your routine: salmon.

    Table of Contents
    • Salmon Meal Prep Ideas
    • How to Make Salmon Fajitas (watch)
    • Meal Prep Recipe Video: One Pan Fajita Salmon
      • Helpful Tips for Cooking & Meal Prepping Salmon
    35 Simple Salmon Meal Prep Recipes

    Now, don't get us wrong.. we still love chicken and beef for their affordability and versatility. But variety is key to building a sustainable meal prep habit, and salmon brings something extra to the table. Yes, it's a little pricier, especially wild-caught, but the health benefits more than make up for it.

    Salmon is packed with heart-healthy omega-3s, high-quality protein, vitamin D, and antioxidants like astaxanthin that support everything from brain function to glowing skin.

    It might not be the protein you prep every single week, but we recommend making it a staple at least a couple of times a month. It's a great way to keep your meal rotation exciting while fueling your body with nutrients you won't always get from chicken or beef.

    And here's the fun twist: have you ever considered salmon for breakfast? We know-it might not be the first thing that comes to mind. But smoked salmon on a bagel, salmon scrambles, or salmon breakfast bowls are all incredible options that prove this protein works at any time of day.

    That's why we pulled together 35 Simple Salmon Meal Prep Recipes you can count on to keep your menu fresh. From quick sheet pan recipes to foil and parchment pack meals, from classic dinners to surprising breakfast ideas, there's something here for everyone. The best part? Most salmon dishes cook in 15 minutes or less, making them one of the fastest, easiest proteins to meal prep.

    If you've been sticking to the same chicken-and-rice routine, now's the time to switch it up. Your body (and taste buds) will thank you.

    Salmon Meal Prep Ideas

    Smoked Salmon & Lentil Breakfast Salad

    Smoked Salmon & Lentil Breakfast Salad

    Asian Air Fryer Salmon

    Asian Air Fryer Salmon

    One Pan Roasted Salmon, Asparagus & Potatoes Recipe

    One Pan Fajita Salmon

    healthy meal prep ideas

    How to Make Salmon Fajitas (watch)

    Blackened Salmon & Veggies

    Crispy Salmon Cakes with Mango salsa and Brussels sprouts

    Crispy Salmon Cakes with Mango Salsa

    Sheet Pan Salmon, Lentils & Asparagus

    Lemon Garlic Salmon Foil Packets

    Lemon Pepper Sheet Pan Salmon

    Honey BBQ Baked Salmon Bowls

    Budget-Friendly Sheet Pan Salmon & Veggies

    Paprika Salmon & Green Beans

    Meal Prep Recipe Video: One Pan Fajita Salmon

    Honey Lime Salmon

    Whole30 Epic Salmon Poke Bowl

    Pomegranate Orange Glazed Salmon

    Salmon Fish Sticks

    Honey, Soy, Ginger Broiled Salmon

    Avocado Salsa Salmon

    Asian Slaw & Marinated Salmon

    Teriyaki Foil Packet Salmon

    Baked Salmon With Toasted Sesame Farro

    Braised Salmon in Mushroom Sauce

    Garlic Lemon Butter Salmon & Pasta

    Roasted Salmon & Veggie Bowl

    Cara Cara Orange Salmon & Lentil Bowl

    Roasted Salmon With Avocado & Cucumber Salsa

    Sun Dried Tomato & Lemon Baked Salmon With Asparagus

    Easy Teriyaki Glazed Salmon

    One Pan Lemon Garlic Salmon

    Panko Crusted Honey Mustard Salmon

    Salmon Sushi Bowls 

    Lemon Garlic Salmon & Pasta

    Asian BBQ Salmon

    Kale & Salmon Cesaer Salad

    Sheet Pan Honey Mustard Salmon & Rainbow Veggies

    Helpful Tips for Cooking & Meal Prepping Salmon

    1. Choose the Right Salmon
      • Wild-caught salmon has the highest omega-3 content and the cleanest flavor.
      • Farm-raised is more affordable and still a great source of protein-just look for responsibly farmed options.
    2. Skin On vs. Skin Off
      • Leave the skin on when cooking-it helps keep the fish moist and prevents sticking. You can easily peel it off after cooking if you don't want to eat it.
    3. Don't Overcook It
      • Salmon cooks quickly! Aim for an internal temp of 125-130°F for medium. Overcooked salmon dries out fast.
      • Rule of thumb: Bake or pan-sear for about 4-6 minutes per ½ inch of thickness.
    4. Use the 15-Minute Rule
      • Most salmon recipes can be finished in under 15 minutes. That makes it one of the fastest proteins to meal prep in bulk.
    5. Batch Cooking
      • Make extra salmon fillets and store them separately. They last up to 3 days in the fridge and freeze well for future meals.
    6. Flavor Flexibility
      • Salmon pairs with almost anything-Asian flavors (soy, ginger, sesame), Mediterranean (lemon, garlic, dill), or classic BBQ. Rotate sauces to keep meal prep exciting.
    7. Great for Breakfast, Too
      • Try salmon in scrambles, breakfast bowls, or on top of avocado toast for a protein-rich morning meal.
    8. Storage & Reheating
      • Store salmon in airtight containers with a splash of lemon juice to keep it fresh.
      • Reheat gently at low heat (200°F in the oven or low power in the microwave) to avoid drying it out.
    9. Go Beyond Fillets
      • Don't overlook canned salmon-it's affordable, long-lasting, and works well in salmon cakes, salads, or wraps.
    10. Freeze for Later
    • Cooked salmon freezes best when portioned and wrapped tightly. Reheat in a skillet with a little broth or sauce to bring it back to life.

    25 Easy Butternut Squash Recipes for Meal Prep

    September 28, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    easy butternut squash meal prep recipes

    When the leaves start to turn and the evenings get cooler, my cravings always shift toward cozy, hearty meals. Pumpkin spice may get all the attention this time of year, but for me, butternut squash is the real star of fall. It's versatile, naturally sweet, and adds so much comfort to whatever you're cooking; soups, salads, casseroles, and even tacos. That's why I pulled together this roundup of 25 easy butternut squash recipes for meal prep to help you enjoy this seasonal favorite in new ways.

    Table of Contents
    • Why Butternut Squash is Perfect for Meal Prep
    • Fresh vs. Prepped Squash: What's Better?
    • Meal Prep Benefits with Butternut Squash
    • Check out these Easy Butternut Squash Recipes
    • Final Thoughts

    Why Butternut Squash is Perfect for Meal Prep

    Butternut squash isn't just tasty... it's also a nutritional powerhouse. A single serving provides:

    • 4x the recommended intake of Vitamin A (great for eyes + immunity)
    • Over half your daily Vitamin C
    • Fiber for digestion and steady energy
    • Antioxidants to help fight inflammation

    On top of that, it's incredibly budget-friendly during the fall and winter months. I like to buy a few whole squashes at once when they're in season, cube them up, and store extras in the freezer so I always have some ready for quick meal prep.

    Fresh vs. Prepped Squash: What's Better?

    If you've ever tried to wrestle a whole butternut squash, you know it can feel like a workout before you even start cooking. Here's my rule of thumb:

    • Whole squash: Cheapest and freshest option, great if you have time to peel and cube.
    • Pre-cubed (fresh or frozen): Pricier, but a lifesaver when you're short on time.
    • Spiralized squash: Perfect for swapping into pasta dishes.

    Both options work, and you'll find that many of these meal prep ideas adapt easily to whichever form of squash you have on hand.

    Meal Prep Benefits with Butternut Squash

    One of the things I love most about meal prepping with butternut squash is how versatile it is:

    • Works in both sweet and savory recipes
    • Holds up well in the fridge for 4-5 days after cooking
    • Freezes beautifully (especially cubed or roasted)
    • Pairs with just about everything-grains, greens, beans, or proteins like chicken and salmon

    Whether you're prepping for exam week, juggling a busy work schedule, or trying to get ahead before the kids' after-school chaos, these recipes make life easier while still delivering on flavor.

    Check out these Easy Butternut Squash Recipes

    Butternut Squash and Cranberry Skillet

    Butternut Squash and Cranberry Skillet Meal Prep Recipe

    Baby Kale, Butternut Squash, and Chicken Salad

    Baby Kale, Butternut Squash, and Chicken Salad

    One-Pan Broccoli-Bacon Mac 'n' Cheese

    One Pan Broccoli Mac and Cheese

    Quinoa Stuffed Butternut Squash with Cranberries and Kale

    Quinoa Stuffed Butternut Squash with Cranberries and Kale

    Roasted Butternut Squash Quinoa Salad

    Maple Roasted Squash & Quinoa Salad

    Butternut Squash Lasagna

    Butternut Squash Chorizo Tacos

    Butternut Squash Chorizo Tacos

    Easy butternut squash recipes

    Au Gratin Potatoes Recipe With Butternut Squash

    Butternut Squash and Sausage Penne

    butternut squash sausage penne

    Instant Pot Paleo Butternut Squash Risotto

    Instant Pot Paleo Butternut Squash Risotto

    Easy Baked Salmon with Roasted Butternut Squash and Kale

    Easy Baked Salmon with Roasted Butternut Squash and Kale

    Butternut Squash Bowl with Jalapeño Queso

    Butternut Squash Bowl with Jalape+¦o Queso

    Roasted Butternut Squash and Brussels sprouts Harvest Salad with Maple Cider Vinaigrette

    ROASTED BUTTERNUT SQUASH & BRUSSELS SPROUTS HARVEST SALAD WITH MAPLE CIDER VINAIGRETTE

    Barley Risotto with Butternut Squash

    Barley Risotto with Butternut Squash

    Roasted Butternut Squash Spinach Salad with Goat's Cheese

    Roasted Butternut Squash Spinach Salad with GoatGÇÖs Cheese

    One Pan Chicken and Squash Dinner

    One Pan Chicken and Squash Dinner

    Quinoa, Kale, And Butternut Squash Salad

    Bacon, Brussels sprouts, and Butternut Squash Pasta

    BACON, BRUSSELS SPROUTS, BUTTERNUT SQUASH PASTA

    Mediterranean Quinoa Stuffed Butternut Squash

    Mediterranean Quinoa stuffed butternut squash

    Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Curry

    Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Curry

    Cozy Vegan Butternut Squash Soup (Freezer-Friendly!)

    Butternut Squash Chili with Beef and Beans

    Butternut Squash Chili with Beef and Beans

    Vegan - Mexican Butternut Squash Casserole

    Vegan Butternut Squash Casserole Meal Prep

    Final Thoughts

    From creamy soups to hearty casseroles, quick sheet pan dinners, and even paleo-friendly options, butternut squash really does it all. That's why it deserves a spot in your weekly meal prep rotation.

    Take a look through these 25 Easy Butternut Squash Recipes and let me know in the comments which one you'll be trying first. And if you're just starting out with meal prep, grab our Meal Plan Guide and see how easy it can be to save time and eat well every week.

    For even more inspiration, check out our Recipe Index or browse our favorite High Protein Recipes to round out your fall meal prep menu.

    The 5 Best Meal Planning Apps to Make Meal Prep a Breeze

    September 26, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    5 Best Meal Planning Apps (1000 × 1000 px)

    Whether you're trying to plan meals for your family or stick to your health goals, these meal planning apps take a ton of work off your plate.

    Table of Contents
    • Why Use a Meal Planning App?
    • Our Picks for the Best Meal Planning App
    • Best Free Meal Planning App
    • Best Meal Planning App for Families
    • Best Vegan Meal Planning App
    • Best Meal Planning App for Intuitive Eating
    • BONUS: Best Macro-Based Meal Planner: Meal Prep on Fleek
    • Final Thoughts

    Meal planning offers numerous benefits, such as enhancing diet quality, encouraging culinary exploration, and facilitating weight loss. Moreover, it proves advantageous for your finances, as it minimizes excessive grocery purchases and food waste, while also reducing the need for takeout orders by having a well-prepared weekly menu. However, meal planning can be time-consuming and overwhelming, especially for beginners.

    Meal planning like a boss
    Related Article: How to Meal Plan Like a Boss

    Fortunately, meal planning apps serve as effective solutions to address these challenges. Instead of manually creating weekly recipes and shopping lists, these apps automatically handle these tasks. They also consider dietary preferences and restrictions, simplifying the process of finding suitable recipes. Additionally, these apps often track macros and calories, as well as store your favorite recipes conveniently.

    It's essential to note that the content's purpose is to inform and not to offer medical advice. It is not intended for diagnosing, preventing, or treating health issues. Always consult with your doctor before beginning any new supplement or exercise routine.

    Why Use a Meal Planning App?

    Before we dive in, let's talk about why apps can be game-changers:

    • Save time: No more endless scrolling for recipes.
    • Stay on budget: Grocery lists keep you from overspending or buying duplicates.
    • Eat better: You'll naturally add more variety to your week.
    • Stay consistent: No more "what's for dinner?" panic at 6pm.

    If you're new to planning meals, check out our Meal Plan Guide for a deeper dive into the basics.

    Our Picks for the Best Meal Planning App

    • Best Free Meal Planning App: Mealime
    • Best Meal Planning App for Families: Cozi
    • Best Vegan Meal Planning App: Forks Over Knives
    • Best Meal Planning App for Intuitive Eating: Workweek Lunch
    • BONUS: Best Macro Based Meal Planner: Meal Prep on Fleek

    Best Free Meal Planning App

    Mealime is one of the most comprehensive. There are existing meal plans that you can utilize, or you can completely build your own from scratch. If you opt for one of the existing meal plans, you do have the option to edit it by removing any recipes you don't like and adding ones that you do. If you choose a from-scratch plan, you'll start with the app's recipe database and completely build your plan from the ground up.

    Key features:

    • Recipe database
    • Grocery list creation
    • Ability to share plan and lists with others
    • Available on iOS and Android

    There are breakfast, lunch, dinner, snack and dessert options available. In the free version, you can filter by dish type and any dietary preferences or allergens. You can also navigate to the most popular or quickest meals if you're short on time. Once you've built your meal plan, the app will automatically populate a shopping list for you with everything you need to cook them. You can also add or delete ingredients at your discretion if you already have something on hand or need to supplement the meal plan with other items. If you're using the app with someone else-say a partner that's stopping at the grocery store on the way home-there's also an option to share the shopping list.

    If you want to upgrade to the pro version, you'll also get access to nutritional information for each recipe, calorie filters in the recipe database and the option to add notes to an individual recipe about any changes you may have made. You'll also be able to access previous meal plans so you can refer to them again later instead of recreating them from scratch. The upgraded version does have a small monthly recurring fee.

    Pros:

    • Existing meal plans available
    • Automatically populates grocery shopping list
    • Can filter recipes by food preferences or allergens

    Cons:

    • Basic version doesn't have as many features as paid version

    Best Meal Planning App for Families

    Cozi is designed to help families keep schedules organized. While there are appointment and practice reminders, family meal planning is a big part of the app. There's a recipe database that has Cozi's own recipes, as well as recipe collections compiled from popular family magazines. You can also add recipes via a URL from a website or enter your own recipes step-by-step from scratch.

    Key Features:

    • Family meal calendars
    • Manual grocery lists
    • Recipe sharing via URLs
    • Available on iOS and Android devices

    The app integrates with both Chrome (Android) and Safari (iOS), so if you're browsing a website and you find a recipe you like, you can simply click the share button and send it right to the app. When all of your recipes are loaded, you can manually create meal plans by choosing a recipe and adding it to a specific slot in your family calendar. You can plan a week in advance and share the recipes with any family members who have the app to help with grocery shopping or just to keep them in the know.

    Once the meal plan is created, you can add ingredients to your grocery list through each individual recipe. Cozi doesn't automatically populate the list for you, but it compiles everything in one place so you don't have to create a separate list outside of the app.

    In addition to meal planning, Cozi has a handful of other family management features, including aggregated family calendars, to-do and chore lists and a daily agenda that highlights everything from your family's calendars.

    Pros:

    • Comes with a recipe database
    • Can also add your own recipes
    • Can share meal plans with family members in the app

    Cons:

    • Grocery lists don't populate automatically

    Best Vegan Meal Planning App

    Many meal planning apps give you the option to filter by vegan meals, but they can have limited options. Forks Over Knives, which is 100 percent vegan, has more than 1,000 recipes at any given time, and new recipes are added weekly. Rather than just eliminating animal-based foods, the focus is on healthy recipes that incorporate a lot of whole foods for optimal nutrient density.

    Key Features:

    • Chef- and nutritionist-created meals
    • Automatic or manual meal plans
    • Serving size adjustments
    • Available on iOS and Android devices

    There are breakfast, lunch, dinner and snack recipes that are categorized by type-like soups, salads and sides-for easy browsing. When you see one you want to try, you can add it to your recipe box and/or build your own meal plan. You can also take advantage of chef-curated meal plans in the app. If you opt for the latter, a chef will build a weekly plan for you based on your specific dietary needs, like soy-free, gluten-free and/or nut-free. If there's a meal you don't like, you can swap it for any of the recipes in the database. You can also move recipes to different days.

    Serving sizes are adjustable, too. For example, you can opt for half-size servings if you just want a meal for yourself, or you can double servings to feed a family, meal prep or batch cook. Once you approve your meal plan, the app automatically creates a customizable, interactive grocery list for you. You can add to it or remove items and check things off as you shop.

    Pros:

    • Can opt for chef-curated meal plans
    • More than 1,000 vegan recipes
    • New recipes added weekly

    Cons:

    • Need to upgrade to paid plan for full access

    Best Meal Planning App for Intuitive Eating

    The WWL Program is the only meal plan service that's aligned with intuitive eating. We help you save time, money and energy while enjoying food freedom (not food restriction). We LOVE carbs! And we don't share calories on recipes.

    Key Features:

    • 650+ Ad Free Recipes
    • Weekly Meal Plan delivered to your inbox
    • Private Intuitive Eating community discussion
    • NO diet or calorie counting, ever

    WWL is an online meal plan subscription, food blog and cookbook dedicated to helping people all over the world make meal prep happen to get more out of life. Our food philosophy is aligned with Intuitive Eating and we're here to help you develop a system around food that supports the lifestyle you want.

    Pros:

    • Recipes are super tasty
    • Web based app, so it works well on mobile and desktop
    • Customer meal planning option
    • Grocery list builder

    Cons:

    • Meal planner is part of the Pro plan only

    BONUS: Best Macro-Based Meal Planner: Meal Prep on Fleek

    If you're tracking macros, the Meal Prep on Fleek Macro Calculator + Recipe Index is a perfect fit. Our free Macro Calculator helps you figure out the right balance of protein, carbs, and fats for your goals. From there, you can dive into hundreds of recipes in our Recipe Index, all tagged for dietary needs and cooking methods.

    Why It's Great:

    • Free macro calculator
    • Tons of macro-friendly recipes
    • Collections for high protein, keto, paleo, Whole30, and more

    This combo is perfect if you're serious about results but want practical, prep-friendly meals.

    Macro Meal Planner Process (1)

    Final Thoughts

    Meal planning apps can save you hours every week, cut food waste, and make healthy eating easier. Whether you need help feeding a family, cooking plant-based, or staying on track with macros, there's an app out there to make your life simpler.

    Remember: the best app is the one you'll actually use. Start with one of these picks, stick with it for a few weeks, and watch how much easier meal prep becomes.

    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep (Keto + Dairy-Free Option)

    September 25, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    I'll admit it... I'm one of those people who believes avocado belongs on just about everything. Burgers, salads, toast, even smoothies. But the first time I tried avocado in a soup? Game-changer. This Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep has become one of my go-to recipes during summer when the last thing I want is to stand over a hot stove. It's cool, creamy, refreshing, and surprisingly filling thanks to the healthy fats and fiber in avocado.

    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep

    If you're keto, dairy-free, or just love avocado as much as I do, this recipe is for you. It's made with dairy-free yogurt (we love Kite Hill, but any unsweetened variety works), fresh cucumber, and a squeeze of lemon or lime juice. Everything comes together in less than 10 minutes in the blender, and you've got four perfectly portioned lunches ready to grab from the fridge.

    Table of Contents
    • Why You'll Love This Recipe
    • Ingredients
    • Instructions
    • How to Store
    • How to Serve
    • Nutrition (per serving, 4 servings)
    • FAQs
      • Final Thoughts
    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep

    Why You'll Love This Recipe

    • Quick + no-cook: Ready in about 10 minutes with just a blender.
    • Nutrient-packed: Avocados bring healthy fats, fiber, and potassium, while cucumber adds antioxidants and hydration.
    • Meal-prep friendly: Stays fresh for 4-5 days in the fridge without browning.
    • Versatile: Works for keto, vegan, or anyone looking for light summer meal prep ideas.

    If you're new to meal prepping, grab some tips in our Meal Plan Guide and check out our Best Meal Prep Containers so you're set up for success.

    Ingredients

    • 2 ripe avocados, smashed
    • ½ cup full-fat dairy-free yogurt
    • 4 tablespoon lemon juice
    • ¼ cup cilantro
    • 1 cucumber, seeded + roughly chopped
    • Himalayan sea salt, to taste
    • Black pepper, to taste
    • Filtered water, as needed, for thinning
    • For serving: red onion + cilantro
    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep

    Instructions

    1. Add avocado, yogurt, lemon juice, cilantro, cucumber, salt, and pepper to a blender.
    2. Blend until smooth. Add water, a little at a time, until desired consistency is reached.
    3. Taste and adjust seasoning as needed.
    4. Portion into 4 one-compartment meal prep containers. Garnish with chopped red onion and cilantro.

    How to Store

    • Fridge: Keeps fresh for 4-5 days in airtight containers.
    • Freezer: Not recommended-avocado doesn't freeze well in soup form.

    How to Serve

    This chilled avocado soup is satisfying on its own, but I like pairing it with:

    • A slice of Gluten-Free Sweet Potato Pizza
    • A handful of Nutty Peanut Butter Trail Mix Bars for a balanced snack
    • A side salad topped with grilled shrimp or chicken for extra protein

    Nutrition (per serving, 4 servings)

    • Calories: 281
    • Protein: 5g
    • Carbs: 14g
    • Fat: 24.5g
    • Fiber: 10.8g
    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep

    FAQs

    Does avocado soup really stay green for meal prep?
    Yes! The citrus (lemon juice) keeps it from browning, and the yogurt helps stabilize the texture.

    Can I make this thicker or thinner?
    Definitely. Just adjust the amount of water for a thinner consistency, or skip it altogether for a thick dip-style soup.

    What's the best yogurt to use?
    Any unsweetened dairy-free yogurt works. I recommend almond or coconut-based for creaminess.

    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep

    Final Thoughts

    This Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep is one of those recipes that proves meal prep doesn't have to mean reheating leftovers. It's cold, creamy, and full of good-for-you ingredients that keep you full and fueled without weighing you down.

    If you're ready for even more simple weekly meal prep ideas, check out the Workweek Lunch Weekly Meal Plans. You'll get new recipes every week, complete with grocery lists, so you can save time and eat better without stress.

    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep

    Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep

    Super creamy keto avocado soup served cold with cucumber and yogurt. Refreshing and filling for a summer meal.
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Course: Lunch, Main Dish
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: Meal Prep
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 281kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    • 2 large avocados smashed
    • ½ cup full fat dairy free yogurt we used Kite Hill Unsweetened
    • ¼ cup lime juice fresh squeezed
    • ¼ cup cilantro fresh
    • 1 Cucumber seeded and roughly chopped
    • salt & pepper as desired
    • Water as needed for thinning

    For serving, optional

    • red onion
    • cilantro
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Add all ingredients to a high-speed blender and blend until thick and creamy, scraping down the sides to recombine as needed. Add filtered water as needed to reach desired consistency.
    • To store, divide between meal prep containers and garnish with cilantro and red onion. Serve cold. Keeps for 4-5 days in the fridge.

    Notes

    Nutrition for 1 out of 4 servings:
    5g Protein | 14g Carbs | 24.5g Fat | 10.8g Fiber | 281 Calories

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1meal | Calories: 281kcal | Carbohydrates: 14g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 24.5g | Fiber: 10.8g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
    Keto Chilled Avocado Soup Meal Prep blog

    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep (Whole30 compliant)

    September 23, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep (Whole30 compliant)

    When I first started meal prepping, I thought poke bowls were something I could only order out-never make at home. But the truth is, they're surprisingly simple to prep, and this Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl proves it. It's fresh, colorful, and packed with healthy fats and nutrients that keep me energized through the busiest weeks.

    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Traditional poke (pronounced po-kay) is a cornerstone of Native Hawaiian cuisine. Classic versions feature fatty tuna (aku) or octopus (he'e) tossed with seasonings, fresh vegetables, and rice. For this meal prep version, I swapped in salmon, one of my favorite budget-friendly and nutrient-dense fish. Salmon is loaded with omega-3s, vitamin D, and selenium, making this bowl as nourishing as it is delicious.

    And instead of white rice, this recipe uses cauliflower rice for a low-carb, Whole30-compliant base. The result? A light yet filling poke bowl you can portion out in under 20 minutes.

    Table of Contents
    • Why You'll Love This Recipe
    • Ingredients
    • Instructions
    • Storage
    • How to Reheat
    • Nutrition (per serving, 4 servings)
    • FAQs
    • More Salmon Meal Prep Ideas
    • Final Thoughts
    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Why You'll Love This Recipe

    • Quick & fresh: No oven or stovetop required for most of the ingredients-just shred, slice, and assemble.
    • Nutrient-packed: Salmon, avocado, carrots, cucumbers, and cauliflower rice make this a well-rounded, high-fiber, anti-inflammatory meal.
    • Meal-prep friendly: This recipe makes 4 servings, perfect for weekday lunches.

    If you're new to meal prepping bowls like this, check out our Meal Plan Guide for tips on portioning, storage, and staying consistent.

    Ingredients

    • Sesame seeds, for serving
    • 1 teaspoon avocado oil
    • 1 head cauliflower, grated (or 1 package frozen cauliflower rice)
    • 2 (8 oz) salmon fillets
    • 2 carrots, shredded
    • 2 cucumbers, thinly sliced
    • 1 avocado, thinly sliced
    • 1 tablespoon rice vinegar
    • 1 green onion, thinly sliced
    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Instructions

    1. Finish: Garnish with green onions and sesame seeds before serving.
    2. Make the cauliflower rice: Heat avocado oil in a skillet over medium heat. Add cauliflower rice and sauté for 5-7 minutes until tender. Stir in rice vinegar, then set aside to cool.
    3. Prepare the salmon: Dice salmon into bite-sized cubes. (If using raw salmon, make sure it's sushi-grade. You can also lightly sear the cubes in a skillet if you prefer cooked fish.)
    4. Assemble the bowls: Divide cauliflower rice evenly among 4 meal prep containers. Top each with salmon, shredded carrots, cucumber slices, and avocado.
    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Storage

    • Fridge: Store in airtight, single-compartment meal prep containers for up to 2 days. For the best texture, slice avocado fresh before eating.
    • Freezer: Not recommended due to the fresh vegetables and salmon.

    How to Reheat

    This dish is best enjoyed cold or at room temperature-no reheating needed! That makes it perfect for grab-and-go lunches.


    Nutrition (per serving, 4 servings)

    • Calories: ~340
    • Protein: 28g
    • Carbs: 14g
    • Fat: 19g
    • Fiber: 6g
    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    FAQs

    Can I use cooked salmon instead of raw?
    Yes! Baked, grilled, or air-fried salmon all work well in this bowl.

    Can I meal prep this ahead of time?
    Yes, but wait to slice avocado until just before serving to prevent browning.

    What can I substitute for rice vinegar?
    Try apple cider vinegar or lime juice for a similar tang.


    More Salmon Meal Prep Ideas

    If you love this recipe, you'll want to check out:

    • 35 Simple Salmon Meal Prep Recipes
    • Garlic & Thyme Chicken Meal Prep if you want another Whole30-friendly option
    • High Protein Meal Prep Recipes to keep your weekly rotation exciting

    Final Thoughts

    This Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep is proof that meal prep doesn't have to be boring or repetitive. With fresh vegetables, creamy avocado, and savory salmon, it feels like a restaurant-quality meal but with the convenience of meal prepping.

    If you want more weekly meal prep inspiration (complete with grocery lists and step-by-step instructions), check out the Workweek Lunch Weekly Meal Plans. It's the exact system I use to stay consistent and stress-free in the kitchen.

    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep
    Keto Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Poke bowl with wild salmon, crunchy raw veggies, and cauliflower rice.
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 20 minutes minutes
    Course: Lunch, Main Dish
    Cuisine: Asian
    Keyword: Meal Prep, Salmon
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 334kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    • 1 teaspoon avocado oil
    • 1 head cauliflower grated (can use one package of frozen riced cauliflower, if desired)
    • 16 ounces wild caught salmon
    • 2 Carrots shredded
    • 1 medium Avocado thinly sliced
    • 1 tbs rice vinegar
    • 1 green onion thinly sliced
    • Sesame Seeds for serving, optional
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Prepare cauliflower rice on the stovetop by cooking over medium heat in a bit of avocado oil for 8-10 minutes, until lightly browned and softened. Set aside.
    • Cube the raw salmon into small chunks and season with a bit of Himalayan sea salt and a splash of rice vinegar.
    • Wash clean and chop all the veggies and avocado.
    • To assemble, divide cauliflower rice between containers and top with sliced veggies, avocado, raw salmon, green onion, and a splash more of rice vinegar and white sesame seeds. Keeps in the fridge for 4 days.

    Notes

    WW Smart Points= Green:7  Blue:4  Purple:4
    __
     
    Nutrition for 1 out of 4 meals:
    24g Protein | 16.1g Carb | 20g Fat | 7.2g Fiber | 334 Calories

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1meal | Calories: 334kcal | Carbohydrates: 16.1g | Protein: 24g | Fat: 20g | Fiber: 7.2g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
    Whole30 Cauliflower Rice Salmon Poke Bowl Meal Prep

    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini

    September 21, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    Spicy Sweet Potato Wedges with Tahini-5

    Fries will always have a special place in my heart. I grew up loving that salty, crispy bite, but once I started meal prepping and paying closer attention to how food made me feel, I realized traditional fries often left me sluggish. That's why I started making these Sweet Potato Wedges with Tahini. They've got all the satisfaction of fries, but with nutrient-dense ingredients and a creamy tahini drizzle that makes them feel like a total upgrade.

    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini
    Table of Contents
    • Why Sweet Potato Wedges are a Smart Meal Prep Choice
    • Ingredients You'll Need
    • How to Make Sweet Potato Wedges with Tahini
    • How to Store
    • How to Reheat
    • Nutrition (per serving, recipe makes 2)
    • FAQs
    • Final Thoughts

    I love how simple this recipe is. It only takes a few pantry spices, two sweet potatoes, and tahini. Yet the end result tastes gourmet. Whether I make a batch for lunch, a side dish, or an afternoon snack, these wedges never last long in my kitchen.

    If you're looking for healthy snack or side dish meal prep ideas, this one's going to become a regular.

    Why Sweet Potato Wedges are a Smart Meal Prep Choice

    Sweet potatoes aren't just tasty-they're a powerhouse food. One medium sweet potato contains about four times the daily recommended intake of Vitamin A, which supports eye health, immunity, and skin. They also provide:

    • Complex carbs for steady energy (no mid-afternoon crash)
    • Fiber to keep you fuller longer
    • Antioxidants in the skin (so don't peel them!)
    • A natural sweetness that pairs perfectly with savory spices

    Pairing them with tahini adds healthy fats, calcium, magnesium, and a creamy texture that balances the crispy wedges beautifully.

    If you love this combo, you'll also want to check out our Baked Lentil Sweet Potato Falafels with Avocado Cream Sauce or this Gluten-Free Sweet Potato Pizza.

    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini

    Ingredients You'll Need

    • 2 tablespoon runny tahini
    • 2 sweet potatoes, washed and scrubbed
    • Olive oil
    • Himalayan sea salt
    • Black pepper
    • ½ teaspoon chili powder
    • ½ teaspoon cumin
    • ½ teaspoon smoked paprika

    How to Make Sweet Potato Wedges with Tahini

    1. Prep the oven: Preheat to 400°F and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
    2. Cut the wedges: Slice each sweet potato in half, then cut each half into 4-6 wedges.
    3. Season: Arrange wedges on the sheet pan, drizzle with olive oil, and season with salt, pepper, chili powder, cumin, and smoked paprika.
    4. Bake: Roast for 35-40 minutes until crispy outside and fork-tender inside.
    5. Finish: Let cool slightly, then drizzle with tahini just before serving.
    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini

    How to Store

    • Fridge: Store cooled wedges in an airtight container for 5-7 days.
    • Tahini: Keep tahini in a separate container until serving for best texture.

    How to Reheat

    • Oven or Air Fryer (best option): Reheat at 375°F for 5-8 minutes until crispy.
    • Microwave: Heat for 1-2 minutes (softer, less crispy).

    Nutrition (per serving, recipe makes 2)

    • Calories: 291
    • Protein: 6g
    • Carbs: 44g
    • Fat: 12g
    • Fiber: 8g
    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini

    FAQs

    Can I make these wedges in the air fryer?
    Yes! Cook at 375°F for 15-20 minutes, shaking the basket halfway through.

    What can I use instead of tahini?
    Hummus, Greek yogurt sauce, or even guacamole make great alternatives.

    Can I meal prep these for the week?
    Absolutely. Just roast a big batch and keep the tahini separate until serving.

    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini

    Final Thoughts

    These Sweet Potato Wedges with Tahini prove that healthy food doesn't have to be complicated or boring. With just a few spices and simple ingredients, you get crispy, satisfying wedges that work as a snack, side dish, or even a light lunch.

    If you want more done-for-you meal prep solutions, check out the Workweek Lunch Weekly Meal Plans. You'll get fresh recipes and grocery lists every week, so you don't have to spend hours figuring out what to cook.

    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini

    Sweet Potato Wedges With Tahini

    Enjoy healthy fries and dip for a different take on snacking! Sweet potato wedges with an addicting spice blend dipped in runny tahini.
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 30 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 40 minutes minutes
    Course: Snack
    Cuisine: Mediterranean
    Keyword: Meal Prep
    Servings: 2 servings
    Calories: 291kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    • 2 medium sweet potatoes
    • ½ tbs olive oil
    • ½ teaspoon Chili Powder
    • ½ teaspoon cumin
    • ½ teaspoon smoked paprika
    • salt & pepper
    • 2 tbs runny tahini
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
    • Cut the washed and scrubbed sweet potatoes in half and then cut each half into 4-6 wedges. Arrange the sweet potato wedges on the parchment lined baking sheet and drizzle with the olive oil. Sprinkle with salt, pepper, chili powder, and smoke paprika.
    • Roast in the oven until the potatoes are browned, crispy on the outside and fork tender on the inside, about 35-40 minutes. Remove from the oven, allow to cool slightly, then serve with runny tahini.
    • Keep leftovers separate in the fridge for 5-7 days.

    Notes

    Nutrition for 1 out of 2 servings:
    6g Protein | 44.4g Carbs | 11.7g Fat | 8g Fiber | 291 Calories

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1serving | Calories: 291kcal | Carbohydrates: 44.4g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 11.7g | Fiber: 8g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders (Easy Meal Prep)

    September 19, 2025 by Nick Quintero Leave a Comment

    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    One of my favorite tricks for staying consistent with meal prep is stocking my freezer with ready-to-go meals. Because let's be honest, even the best planners have weeks where life gets too busy. That's where these Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders come in.

    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    This recipe has all the flavors I love from Hawaiian-inspired dishes: sweet, tangy pineapple, savory chicken, and a hint of toasted sesame. It's fast (ready in under 30 minutes once thawed), family-friendly, and balanced with rice and broccoli. The best part? You can prep the chicken and sauce ahead, freeze it, and then cook it straight in the Instant Pot when you're ready.

    Table of Contents
    • Ingredients You'll Need
    • How to Make Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders
    • How to Store
    • How to Reheat
    • Substitutions and Variations
    • Nutrition Per Serving
    • FAQs About Hawaiian Chicken Tenders
    • Final Thoughts
    • More Freezer-Friendly Meal Preps:
    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    Why I Love This Recipe

    When I first started experimenting with freezer meals, I worried the flavor or texture might suffer. But this recipe has been a game-changer. Freezing the chicken with the sauce actually helps it marinate, so when it cooks, it's extra tender and flavorful.

    Here's why I keep it in my rotation:

    • Freezer-friendly: Prep once, enjoy later.
    • Balanced meal: Protein, healthy carbs, and vegetables in one container.
    • Quick cook time: Just 15 minutes in the Instant Pot.
    • Family-friendly: Kid-approved and easy to double for bigger batches.

    If you're new to freezer prep, this is a great starter recipe. And if you want a full system to streamline your weekly prep, check out the Workweek Lunch Weekly Meal Plans - you'll get new recipes and grocery lists every week.

    Ingredients You'll Need

    For the chicken:

    • 1 lb. chicken breast tenders 
    • 2 cups cubed pineapple  
    • ⅔ cup pineapple juice  
    • ¼ cup coconut aminos 
    • 2 tablespoon toasted sesame oil  
    • 1 tablespoon gluten-free flour  
    • ½ cup chopped green onion  

    For Serving 

    • 4 cups cooked jasmine rice  
    • 4 cups steamed broccoli 
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt  
    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    How to Make Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    1. Prep the marinade: Stir together pineapple juice, coconut aminos, sesame oil, and flour in a bowl.
    2. Assemble: Add chicken, pineapple, and green onion to a gallon-size freezer bag. Pour the sauce on top and seal. Marinate for 20 minutes in the fridge, then freeze until ready to use.
    3. Thaw and cook: Thaw bag in the fridge 24 hours before cooking. Pour contents into an Instant Pot, lock the lid, and set to Manual for 15 minutes.
    4. Release pressure: Allow the pressure to naturally release before opening the vent valve.
    5. Serve: Spoon pineapple chicken over jasmine rice and add steamed broccoli on the side. Sprinkle broccoli with salt before storing.
    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    How to Store

    • Fridge: Store cooked chicken, rice, and broccoli in meal prep containers for up to 4 days.
    • Freezer: Freeze the marinated chicken for up to 3 months. For best results, freeze flat in a bag so it thaws evenly.

    How to Reheat

    • Microwave: Reheat one portion for 2-3 minutes, stirring halfway through.
    • Stovetop: Warm chicken in a skillet over medium heat until hot, adding a splash of water if needed.
    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    Substitutions and Variations

    • Protein: Swap chicken tenders for chicken thighs or shrimp.
    • Vegetables: Use green beans, snap peas, or zucchini instead of broccoli.
    • Grain base: Replace jasmine rice with brown rice, quinoa, or cauliflower rice for a low-carb version.
    • Sauce: Add a touch of sriracha or red pepper flakes for heat.

    For more inspiration, check out my Instant Pot Recipes collection.


    Nutrition Per Serving

    • Calories: 508
    • Protein: 33g
    • Carbs: 72g
    • Fat: 9g
    • Fiber: 5g
    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    FAQs About Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    Can I cook this without an Instant Pot?
    Yes - sauté the chicken in a skillet over medium heat until cooked through, then simmer with the sauce until it thickens.

    Do I have to freeze it first?
    Not at all. You can marinate the chicken for 20 minutes and cook it right away if you prefer.

    Can I use canned pineapple?
    Yes, but I recommend pineapple canned in juice (not syrup) to keep it lighter.

    What containers work best for freezing?
    Use freezer-safe bags or plastic meal prep containers to portion meals.

    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    Final Thoughts

    These Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders are proof that healthy eating doesn't have to be complicated. A little prep work upfront means you'll always have a flavorful, balanced meal ready to go - no drive-thru needed.

    If you're ready to simplify your weekly prep, explore the Workweek Lunch Weekly Meal Plans. With done-for-you recipes and shopping lists, it's never been easier to stay consistent.

    More Freezer-Friendly Meal Preps:

    • Sausage Lover's Hashbrown Casserole | Freezer Friendly
    • Meal Prep Breakfast Sandwich - Freezer Friendly
    • Freezer Friendly Chocolate Waffles
    • Asian-Inspired Brothy Beef Soup - Freezer-Friendly
    • Freeze-Friendly Instant Pot Steakhouse Chili
    • Freeze Friendly Sheet Pan Sweet and Sour Tempeh
    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    Freeze Friendly Pineapple Chicken Tenders

    This Hawaiian inspired pineapple chicken cooks up tender with hints of toasted sesame and sweet, tangy pineapple. It's ready in less than 30 minutes and served over rice with a side of steamed broccoli for a well-rounded meal.
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 10 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 15 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 25 minutes minutes
    Course: dinner, Lunch, Main Dish
    Cuisine: American
    Keyword: Chicken, dinner, gluten free, instant pot, lunch
    Servings: 4 meals
    Calories: 508kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Equipment

    • Instant Pot

    Ingredients

    • 1 lb. chicken breast tenders
    • 2 cups cubed pineapple
    • ⅔ cup pineapple juice
    • ¼ cup coconut aminos
    • 2 tablespoon toasted sesame oil
    • 1 tablespoon gluten-free flour
    • ½ cup chopped green onion

    For Serving

    • 4 cups cooked jasmine rice
    • 4 cups steamed broccoli
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Stir together ingredients for the sauce in a small bowl. Add chicken, pineapple, and green onion to a 1-gallon zip-top bag.
    • Pour sauce over ingredients and marinate for 20 minutes in the refrigerator. Transfer to the freezer and freeze until 24 hours before cooking. Thaw in the refrigerator.
    • Pour pineapple chicken and sauce into the instant pot. Lock lid and close vent valve. Press Manual setting for 15 minutes.
    • When the timer goes off allow pressure to naturally release before opening the vent valve and releasing the remaining pressure.
    • Remove lid and spoon pineapple chicken over 1 cup of jasmine rice in 4 large compartments of teal MPOF containers. Add steamed broccoli to smaller compartments and sprinkle with salt. Refrigerate until serving.

    Video

    Nutrition

    Calories: 508kcal | Carbohydrates: 72g | Protein: 33g | Fat: 9g | Fiber: 5g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!
    Freezer Friendly Hawaiian Chicken Tenders

    Garlic and Thyme Chicken Meal Prep (Whole30 Friendly)

    September 18, 2025 by Nick Quintero 2 Comments

    Garlic and Thyme Chicken Meal Prep

    In my world, a good chicken meal prep is as good as gold. Chicken is affordable, easy to cook, and so versatile that I never get tired of it, as long as I switch up the flavors. That's why I love this Garlic and Thyme Chicken Meal Prep. By adding a few simple spices and pairing them with roasted sweet potatoes and brussels sprouts, you get a dish that's wholesome, flavorful, and anything but boring.

    This recipe has all the cozy vibes I want in a fall-inspired meal, but it's also balanced enough for any time of year. It's naturally Whole30 friendly, gluten-free, and dairy-free, so it works with a variety of diets. Plus, it's a budget-friendly prep since most of these ingredients are staples you probably already have on hand.

    Table of Contents
    • Why I Love This Recipe
    • Ingredients You'll Need
    • How to Make Garlic and Thyme Chicken Meal Prep
    • How to Store
    • How to Reheat
    • Nutrition Per Serving (1 of 3 servings)
    • Substitutions and Variations
    • FAQs About Garlic and Thyme Chicken
    • Final Thoughts
    • Garlic & Thyme Chicken Meal Prep

    Why I Love This Recipe

    I've made plenty of chicken preps over the years, but this one always stands out. Here's why:

    • Nutritious: A perfect balance of lean protein, fiber, and complex carbs.
    • Anti-inflammatory benefits: Sweet potatoes and brussels sprouts are antioxidant powerhouses.
    • Meal prep friendly: Cooks on one sheet pan in under 30 minutes.
    • Versatile: Works as lunch, dinner, or even a post-workout meal.

    If you're looking for more easy chicken recipes, check out my Dinner Meal Prep Recipes collection, it's full of healthy ideas like sheet pan meals, stir-fries, and slow cooker options.

    Ingredients You'll Need

    • 3 boneless, skinless chicken breasts
    • 5 cups brussels sprouts, trimmed and halved
    • 1 large sweet potato, chopped into ½-inch cubes
    • 2 tablespoon olive oil
    • 3 cloves garlic, minced
    • 2 tablespoon dried thyme
    • ½ teaspoon black pepper
    • 1 teaspoon salt

    How to Make Garlic and Thyme Chicken Meal Prep

    1. Preheat oven: Set oven to 425°F and line a sheet pan with parchment paper or foil.
    2. Season chicken: Place chicken in a bag or bowl. Add 1 tablespoon olive oil, garlic, thyme, ¼ teaspoon pepper, and ½ teaspoon salt. Rub until evenly coated.
    3. Prep vegetables: Toss brussels sprouts with 1 tablespoon olive oil. Microwave chopped sweet potato for 3 minutes to soften, then toss with a drizzle of oil. Season both with remaining salt and pepper.
    4. Bake: Arrange chicken, brussels sprouts, and sweet potatoes on the sheet pan. Roast for 20-25 minutes, or until chicken reaches an internal temp of 165°F and vegetables are tender.
    5. Serve: Garnish with fresh thyme and portion into containers.

    How to Store

    • Fridge: Store in airtight containers for up to 4 days.
    • Freezer: You can freeze the chicken and sweet potatoes for up to 2 months. Brussels sprouts are best fresh but can be frozen if you don't mind a softer texture.

    How to Reheat

    • Microwave: Reheat for 2-3 minutes, stirring vegetables halfway through.
    • Oven/Air Fryer: Warm at 350°F for 8-10 minutes to maintain texture.

    Nutrition Per Serving (1 of 3 servings)

    • Calories: 326
    • Protein: 32g
    • Carbs: 27g
    • Fat: 10g

    Substitutions and Variations

    • Vegetables: Swap brussels sprouts for broccoli, green beans, or asparagus.
    • Potatoes: Use butternut squash or carrots instead of sweet potatoes.
    • Seasonings: Rosemary or Italian seasoning can be used instead of thyme.
    • Protein: Try chicken thighs for a juicier option, or turkey breast for variety.

    If you love budget-friendly, adaptable recipes like this, check out my Under $4 Meal Prep Recipes.


    FAQs About Garlic and Thyme Chicken

    Can I make this recipe ahead of time?
    Yes! This recipe was made for meal prep. Cook once, portion into containers, and you've got lunches ready for the week.

    Is this recipe Whole30 compliant?
    Yes - it's naturally Whole30, dairy-free, and gluten-free.

    What type of containers should I use?
    I recommend dual-compartment meal prep containers so you can separate chicken from veggies.

    Can I double this recipe?
    Absolutely. Just use two sheet pans so everything roasts evenly.


    Final Thoughts

    This Garlic and Thyme Chicken Meal Prep proves that simple ingredients can deliver big flavor. With roasted sweet potatoes, crispy brussels sprouts, and herb-seasoned chicken, it's a nourishing meal that doesn't take much effort. Perfect for busy weekdays, post-workout fuel, or anytime you want a comforting, balanced dish.

    If you're ready for more inspiration, browse my full Meal Prep Ideas or grab the Free Meal Prep eBook to simplify your weekly prep routine.

    Garlic & Thyme Chicken Meal Prep

    Garlic & Thyme Chicken Meal Prep

    The warm, fall flavors of garlic and thyme paired with sweet potatoes and roasted brussels sprouts make this Whole30 friendly meal prep easy, affordable and nutritious! 
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe Rate Recipe
    Prevent your screen from going dark
    Prep Time: 15 minutes minutes
    Cook Time: 20 minutes minutes
    Total Time: 35 minutes minutes
    Course: Lunch, Main Dish
    Cuisine: American
    Diet: Gluten Free
    Keyword: Chicken, Meal Prep
    Servings: 3 meals
    Calories: 326kcal
    Author: Nick Quintero

    Ingredients

    • 12 oz Chicken Breasts
    • 5 cups Brussels Sprouts
    • 1 large sweet potato
    • 2 tbsp. olive oil
    • 3 cloves garlic
    • 2 tablespoon dried thyme
    • ½ teaspoon black
    • 1 teaspoon Salt
    • fresh thyme
    Get Recipe Ingredients

    Instructions

    • Preheat oven to 425F and place the chicken breast in a ziplock bag with 2 tablespoons of olive oil, garlic, dried thyme, ¼ teaspoon pepper and ½ teaspoon salt. Zip the bag and rub the oil and spices into the chicken.
    • Wash, trim and halve the brussel sprouts. Toss in 1 tablespoon olive oil. Wash and chop the sweet potato into ½ inch cubes. Microwave for 3 minutes to soften. Toss in 1 tablespoon olive oil.
    • Place the brussels and sweet potatoes on a sheet pan lined with parchment paper or tin foil. Sprinkle with ¼ teaspoon pepper and ½ teaspoon salt. Remove chicken from bag and place on the sheet pan. Bake for 20-25 minutes or until chicken is fully cooked through. Garnish with fresh thyme.

    Notes

    WW Smart Points= Green:10  Blue:5  Purple:3
    __
     
    Nutrition for 1 out of 3 servings:
    32g Protein, 27g Carbs, 10g Fat, 326 calories

    Nutrition

    Serving: 1meal | Calories: 326kcal | Carbohydrates: 27g | Protein: 32g | Fat: 10g
    Tried this recipe?Mention @mealpreponfleek or tag #mealpreponfleek!

    WW Smart Points= Green:10  Blue:5  Purple:3

    Pin this Meal Prep Recipe for later:

    Garlic & Thyme Chicken Meal Prep Recipe
    • 1
    • 2
    • 3
    • …
    • 29
    • Next Page »
    nick-quintero-headshot-SQ

    Welcome!

    Hello! I'm Nick, the meal prepper behind Meal Prep on Fleek, Easy Meal Prep Recipes, and Workweek Lunch—brands that have revolutionized the way people approach meal preparation. Since embarking on my own meal prep journey over nine years ago, I've been dedicated to teaching and inspiring others through comprehensive guides and resources.

    More about me

    Popular Recipes

    • Pizza Chicken Meal Prep
      Pizza Chicken Meal Prep Recipe (Low Carb, High Flavor)
    • 25 Healthy Lunch Recipes
      25 Healthy Lunches For People Who Hate Salads (Updated)
    • Gluten Free Caesar Pasta Salad Meal Prep
    • Yes, You CAN Meal Prep Pancakes!
      Yes, You CAN Meal Prep Pancakes!

    Blog

    • How To Start Meal Prepping Again
      How to Start Meal Prepping...Again
    • Leftover Turkey Meal Prep Recipes
      23 Best Vegetarian Holiday Meal Prep Recipes
    • 10 Tips To Meal Prep On A Budget During The Holidays
      10 Tips To Meal Prep On A Budget During The Holidays
    • Alternatives to Sugar Chart
      8 All-Natural Alternatives To Sugar

    Favorite Meal Prep Tools

    Footer

    ↑ back to top

    About

    • Privacy Policy
    • Disclaimer
    • Terms & Conditions
    • Accessibility Policy

    Newsletter

    • Sign Up! for emails and get a Free eBook
    • Workweek Lunch Meal Planner Program

    Contact

    • Contact
    • Media Kit
    • FAQ

    As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

    Copyright © 2025 Meal Prep on Fleek | a Q6 Media LLC Company

    Rate This Recipe

    Your vote:




    A rating is required
    A name is required
    An email is required